gestione documentale avanzata 1 parte

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/AddDocumentTabRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class AddDocumentTabRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $tabPropertiesType = TabProperties::class;
+  protected $tabPropertiesDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of the tab to add. All properties are optional.
+   *
+   * @param TabProperties $tabProperties
+   */
+  public function setTabProperties(TabProperties $tabProperties)
+  {
+    $this->tabProperties = $tabProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TabProperties
+   */
+  public function getTabProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->tabProperties;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AddDocumentTabRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_AddDocumentTabRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/AddDocumentTabResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class AddDocumentTabResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $tabPropertiesType = TabProperties::class;
+  protected $tabPropertiesDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of the newly added tab.
+   *
+   * @param TabProperties $tabProperties
+   */
+  public function setTabProperties(TabProperties $tabProperties)
+  {
+    $this->tabProperties = $tabProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TabProperties
+   */
+  public function getTabProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->tabProperties;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AddDocumentTabResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_AddDocumentTabResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/AutoText.php

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class AutoText extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * An unspecified auto text type.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Type for auto text that represents the current page number.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_PAGE_NUMBER = 'PAGE_NUMBER';
+  /**
+   * Type for auto text that represents the total number of pages in the
+   * document.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_PAGE_COUNT = 'PAGE_COUNT';
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An AutoText may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The type of this auto text.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $type;
+
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An AutoText may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this AutoText, keyed by suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this AutoText.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of this auto text.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, PAGE_NUMBER, PAGE_COUNT
+   *
+   * @param self::TYPE_* $type
+   */
+  public function setType($type)
+  {
+    $this->type = $type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getType()
+  {
+    return $this->type;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AutoText::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_AutoText');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Background.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Background extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $colorType = OptionalColor::class;
+  protected $colorDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The background color.
+   *
+   * @param OptionalColor $color
+   */
+  public function setColor(OptionalColor $color)
+  {
+    $this->color = $color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return OptionalColor
+   */
+  public function getColor()
+  {
+    return $this->color;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Background::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Background');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/BackgroundSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class BackgroundSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether the current background color has been modified in this
+   * suggestion.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $backgroundColorSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether the current background color has been modified in this
+   * suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param bool $backgroundColorSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBackgroundColorSuggested($backgroundColorSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->backgroundColorSuggested = $backgroundColorSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBackgroundColorSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->backgroundColorSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BackgroundSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_BackgroundSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/BatchUpdateDocumentRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class BatchUpdateDocumentRequest extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'requests';
+  protected $requestsType = Request::class;
+  protected $requestsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $writeControlType = WriteControl::class;
+  protected $writeControlDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * A list of updates to apply to the document.
+   *
+   * @param Request[] $requests
+   */
+  public function setRequests($requests)
+  {
+    $this->requests = $requests;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Request[]
+   */
+  public function getRequests()
+  {
+    return $this->requests;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Provides control over how write requests are executed.
+   *
+   * @param WriteControl $writeControl
+   */
+  public function setWriteControl(WriteControl $writeControl)
+  {
+    $this->writeControl = $writeControl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return WriteControl
+   */
+  public function getWriteControl()
+  {
+    return $this->writeControl;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BatchUpdateDocumentRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_BatchUpdateDocumentRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/BatchUpdateDocumentResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class BatchUpdateDocumentResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'replies';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the document to which the updates were applied to.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $documentId;
+  protected $repliesType = Response::class;
+  protected $repliesDataType = 'array';
+  protected $writeControlType = WriteControl::class;
+  protected $writeControlDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the document to which the updates were applied to.
+   *
+   * @param string $documentId
+   */
+  public function setDocumentId($documentId)
+  {
+    $this->documentId = $documentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDocumentId()
+  {
+    return $this->documentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The reply of the updates. This maps 1:1 with the updates, although replies
+   * to some requests may be empty.
+   *
+   * @param Response[] $replies
+   */
+  public function setReplies($replies)
+  {
+    $this->replies = $replies;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Response[]
+   */
+  public function getReplies()
+  {
+    return $this->replies;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The updated write control after applying the request.
+   *
+   * @param WriteControl $writeControl
+   */
+  public function setWriteControl(WriteControl $writeControl)
+  {
+    $this->writeControl = $writeControl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return WriteControl
+   */
+  public function getWriteControl()
+  {
+    return $this->writeControl;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BatchUpdateDocumentResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_BatchUpdateDocumentResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Body.php

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Body extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'content';
+  protected $contentType = StructuralElement::class;
+  protected $contentDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The contents of the body. The indexes for the body's content begin at zero.
+   *
+   * @param StructuralElement[] $content
+   */
+  public function setContent($content)
+  {
+    $this->content = $content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return StructuralElement[]
+   */
+  public function getContent()
+  {
+    return $this->content;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Body::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Body');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/BookmarkLink.php

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class BookmarkLink extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of a bookmark in this document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $id;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab containing this bookmark.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of a bookmark in this document.
+   *
+   * @param string $id
+   */
+  public function setId($id)
+  {
+    $this->id = $id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getId()
+  {
+    return $this->id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab containing this bookmark.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BookmarkLink::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_BookmarkLink');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Bullet.php

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Bullet extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $listId;
+  /**
+   * The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $nestingLevel;
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
+   *
+   * @param string $listId
+   */
+  public function setListId($listId)
+  {
+    $this->listId = $listId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getListId()
+  {
+    return $this->listId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
+   *
+   * @param int $nestingLevel
+   */
+  public function setNestingLevel($nestingLevel)
+  {
+    $this->nestingLevel = $nestingLevel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getNestingLevel()
+  {
+    return $this->nestingLevel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The paragraph-specific text style applied to this bullet.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Bullet::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Bullet');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/BulletSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class BulletSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to the list_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $listIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to the nesting_level.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $nestingLevelSuggested;
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateType = TextStyleSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to the list_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $listIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setListIdSuggested($listIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->listIdSuggested = $listIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getListIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->listIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to the nesting_level.
+   *
+   * @param bool $nestingLevelSuggested
+   */
+  public function setNestingLevelSuggested($nestingLevelSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->nestingLevelSuggested = $nestingLevelSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getNestingLevelSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->nestingLevelSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in text style have been changed
+   * in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setTextStyleSuggestionState(TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->textStyleSuggestionState = $textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getTextStyleSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BulletSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_BulletSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Color.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Color extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $rgbColorType = RgbColor::class;
+  protected $rgbColorDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The RGB color value.
+   *
+   * @param RgbColor $rgbColor
+   */
+  public function setRgbColor(RgbColor $rgbColor)
+  {
+    $this->rgbColor = $rgbColor;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return RgbColor
+   */
+  public function getRgbColor()
+  {
+    return $this->rgbColor;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Color::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Color');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ColumnBreak.php

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ColumnBreak extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A ColumnBreak may have multiple insertion IDs
+   * if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A ColumnBreak may have multiple insertion IDs
+   * if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this ColumnBreak, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this ColumnBreak. Similar to text content, like text runs
+   * and footnote references, the text style of a column break can affect
+   * content layout as well as the styling of text inserted next to it.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ColumnBreak::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ColumnBreak');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateFooterRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateFooterRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The header/footer type is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * A default header/footer.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_DEFAULT = 'DEFAULT';
+  protected $sectionBreakLocationType = Location::class;
+  protected $sectionBreakLocationDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The type of footer to create.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $type;
+
+  /**
+   * The location of the SectionBreak immediately preceding the section whose
+   * SectionStyle this footer should belong to. If this is unset or refers to
+   * the first section break in the document, the footer applies to the document
+   * style.
+   *
+   * @param Location $sectionBreakLocation
+   */
+  public function setSectionBreakLocation(Location $sectionBreakLocation)
+  {
+    $this->sectionBreakLocation = $sectionBreakLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getSectionBreakLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->sectionBreakLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of footer to create.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, DEFAULT
+   *
+   * @param self::TYPE_* $type
+   */
+  public function setType($type)
+  {
+    $this->type = $type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getType()
+  {
+    return $this->type;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateFooterRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateFooterRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateFooterResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateFooterResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created footer.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footerId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created footer.
+   *
+   * @param string $footerId
+   */
+  public function setFooterId($footerId)
+  {
+    $this->footerId = $footerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->footerId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateFooterResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateFooterResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateFootnoteRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateFootnoteRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the footnote reference at the end of the document body. Footnote
+   * references cannot be inserted inside a header, footer or footnote. Since
+   * footnote references can only be inserted in the body, the segment ID field
+   * must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the footnote reference at a specific index in the document. The
+   * footnote reference must be inserted inside the bounds of an existing
+   * Paragraph. For instance, it cannot be inserted at a table's start index
+   * (i.e. between the table and its preceding paragraph). Footnote references
+   * cannot be inserted inside an equation, header, footer or footnote. Since
+   * footnote references can only be inserted in the body, the segment ID field
+   * must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateFootnoteRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateFootnoteRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateFootnoteResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateFootnoteResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created footnote.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footnoteId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created footnote.
+   *
+   * @param string $footnoteId
+   */
+  public function setFootnoteId($footnoteId)
+  {
+    $this->footnoteId = $footnoteId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFootnoteId()
+  {
+    return $this->footnoteId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateFootnoteResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateFootnoteResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateHeaderRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateHeaderRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The header/footer type is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * A default header/footer.
+   */
+  public const TYPE_DEFAULT = 'DEFAULT';
+  protected $sectionBreakLocationType = Location::class;
+  protected $sectionBreakLocationDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The type of header to create.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $type;
+
+  /**
+   * The location of the SectionBreak which begins the section this header
+   * should belong to. If `section_break_location' is unset or if it refers to
+   * the first section break in the document body, the header applies to the
+   * DocumentStyle
+   *
+   * @param Location $sectionBreakLocation
+   */
+  public function setSectionBreakLocation(Location $sectionBreakLocation)
+  {
+    $this->sectionBreakLocation = $sectionBreakLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getSectionBreakLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->sectionBreakLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of header to create.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: HEADER_FOOTER_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, DEFAULT
+   *
+   * @param self::TYPE_* $type
+   */
+  public function setType($type)
+  {
+    $this->type = $type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getType()
+  {
+    return $this->type;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateHeaderRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateHeaderRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateHeaderResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateHeaderResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created header.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $headerId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created header.
+   *
+   * @param string $headerId
+   */
+  public function setHeaderId($headerId)
+  {
+    $this->headerId = $headerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->headerId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateHeaderResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateHeaderResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateNamedRangeRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateNamedRangeRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The name of the NamedRange. Names do not need to be unique. Names must be
+   * at least 1 character and no more than 256 characters, measured in UTF-16
+   * code units.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $rangeType = Range::class;
+  protected $rangeDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The name of the NamedRange. Names do not need to be unique. Names must be
+   * at least 1 character and no more than 256 characters, measured in UTF-16
+   * code units.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The range to apply the name to.
+   *
+   * @param Range $range
+   */
+  public function setRange(Range $range)
+  {
+    $this->range = $range;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Range
+   */
+  public function getRange()
+  {
+    return $this->range;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateNamedRangeRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateNamedRangeRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateNamedRangeResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateNamedRangeResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created named range.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedRangeId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created named range.
+   *
+   * @param string $namedRangeId
+   */
+  public function setNamedRangeId($namedRangeId)
+  {
+    $this->namedRangeId = $namedRangeId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNamedRangeId()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRangeId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateNamedRangeResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateNamedRangeResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CreateParagraphBulletsRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CreateParagraphBulletsRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The bullet glyph preset is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_GLYPH_PRESET_UNSPECIFIED = 'BULLET_GLYPH_PRESET_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `DISC`, `CIRCLE` and `SQUARE` bullet glyph for the
+   * first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_DISC_CIRCLE_SQUARE = 'BULLET_DISC_CIRCLE_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `DIAMONDX`, `ARROW3D` and `SQUARE` bullet glyph for
+   * the first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_DIAMONDX_ARROW3D_SQUARE = 'BULLET_DIAMONDX_ARROW3D_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with `CHECKBOX` bullet glyphs for all list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_CHECKBOX = 'BULLET_CHECKBOX';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `ARROW`, `DIAMOND` and `DISC` bullet glyph for the
+   * first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_ARROW_DIAMOND_DISC = 'BULLET_ARROW_DIAMOND_DISC';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `STAR`, `CIRCLE` and `SQUARE` bullet glyph for the
+   * first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_STAR_CIRCLE_SQUARE = 'BULLET_STAR_CIRCLE_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `ARROW3D`, `CIRCLE` and `SQUARE` bullet glyph for
+   * the first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_ARROW3D_CIRCLE_SQUARE = 'BULLET_ARROW3D_CIRCLE_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `LEFTTRIANGLE`, `DIAMOND` and `DISC` bullet glyph
+   * for the first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_LEFTTRIANGLE_DIAMOND_DISC = 'BULLET_LEFTTRIANGLE_DIAMOND_DISC';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `DIAMONDX`, `HOLLOWDIAMOND` and `SQUARE` bullet
+   * glyph for the first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_DIAMONDX_HOLLOWDIAMOND_SQUARE = 'BULLET_DIAMONDX_HOLLOWDIAMOND_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A bulleted list with a `DIAMOND`, `CIRCLE` and `SQUARE` bullet glyph for
+   * the first 3 list nesting levels.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_BULLET_DIAMOND_CIRCLE_SQUARE = 'BULLET_DIAMOND_CIRCLE_SQUARE';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `DECIMAL`, `ALPHA` and `ROMAN` numeric glyphs for the
+   * first 3 list nesting levels, followed by periods.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN = 'NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `DECIMAL`, `ALPHA` and `ROMAN` numeric glyphs for the
+   * first 3 list nesting levels, followed by parenthesis.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN_PARENS = 'NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN_PARENS';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `DECIMAL` numeric glyphs separated by periods, where
+   * each nesting level uses the previous nesting level's glyph as a prefix. For
+   * example: '1.', '1.1.', '2.', '2.2.'.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_DECIMAL_NESTED = 'NUMBERED_DECIMAL_NESTED';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `UPPERALPHA`, `ALPHA` and `ROMAN` numeric glyphs for
+   * the first 3 list nesting levels, followed by periods.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_UPPERALPHA_ALPHA_ROMAN = 'NUMBERED_UPPERALPHA_ALPHA_ROMAN';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `UPPERROMAN`, `UPPERALPHA` and `DECIMAL` numeric
+   * glyphs for the first 3 list nesting levels, followed by periods.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_UPPERROMAN_UPPERALPHA_DECIMAL = 'NUMBERED_UPPERROMAN_UPPERALPHA_DECIMAL';
+  /**
+   * A numbered list with `ZERODECIMAL`, `ALPHA` and `ROMAN` numeric glyphs for
+   * the first 3 list nesting levels, followed by periods.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_PRESET_NUMBERED_ZERODECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN = 'NUMBERED_ZERODECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN';
+  /**
+   * The kinds of bullet glyphs to be used.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $bulletPreset;
+  protected $rangeType = Range::class;
+  protected $rangeDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The kinds of bullet glyphs to be used.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: BULLET_GLYPH_PRESET_UNSPECIFIED,
+   * BULLET_DISC_CIRCLE_SQUARE, BULLET_DIAMONDX_ARROW3D_SQUARE, BULLET_CHECKBOX,
+   * BULLET_ARROW_DIAMOND_DISC, BULLET_STAR_CIRCLE_SQUARE,
+   * BULLET_ARROW3D_CIRCLE_SQUARE, BULLET_LEFTTRIANGLE_DIAMOND_DISC,
+   * BULLET_DIAMONDX_HOLLOWDIAMOND_SQUARE, BULLET_DIAMOND_CIRCLE_SQUARE,
+   * NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN, NUMBERED_DECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN_PARENS,
+   * NUMBERED_DECIMAL_NESTED, NUMBERED_UPPERALPHA_ALPHA_ROMAN,
+   * NUMBERED_UPPERROMAN_UPPERALPHA_DECIMAL, NUMBERED_ZERODECIMAL_ALPHA_ROMAN
+   *
+   * @param self::BULLET_PRESET_* $bulletPreset
+   */
+  public function setBulletPreset($bulletPreset)
+  {
+    $this->bulletPreset = $bulletPreset;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::BULLET_PRESET_*
+   */
+  public function getBulletPreset()
+  {
+    return $this->bulletPreset;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The range to apply the bullet preset to.
+   *
+   * @param Range $range
+   */
+  public function setRange(Range $range)
+  {
+    $this->range = $range;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Range
+   */
+  public function getRange()
+  {
+    return $this->range;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateParagraphBulletsRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CreateParagraphBulletsRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CropProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CropProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The clockwise rotation angle of the crop rectangle around its center, in
+   * radians. Rotation is applied after the offsets.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $angle;
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the bottom edge of the crop rectangle
+   * is from the bottom edge of the original content as a fraction of the
+   * original content's height.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $offsetBottom;
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the left edge of the crop rectangle is
+   * from the left edge of the original content as a fraction of the original
+   * content's width.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $offsetLeft;
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the right edge of the crop rectangle
+   * is from the right edge of the original content as a fraction of the
+   * original content's width.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $offsetRight;
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the top edge of the crop rectangle is
+   * from the top edge of the original content as a fraction of the original
+   * content's height.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $offsetTop;
+
+  /**
+   * The clockwise rotation angle of the crop rectangle around its center, in
+   * radians. Rotation is applied after the offsets.
+   *
+   * @param float $angle
+   */
+  public function setAngle($angle)
+  {
+    $this->angle = $angle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getAngle()
+  {
+    return $this->angle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the bottom edge of the crop rectangle
+   * is from the bottom edge of the original content as a fraction of the
+   * original content's height.
+   *
+   * @param float $offsetBottom
+   */
+  public function setOffsetBottom($offsetBottom)
+  {
+    $this->offsetBottom = $offsetBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getOffsetBottom()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the left edge of the crop rectangle is
+   * from the left edge of the original content as a fraction of the original
+   * content's width.
+   *
+   * @param float $offsetLeft
+   */
+  public function setOffsetLeft($offsetLeft)
+  {
+    $this->offsetLeft = $offsetLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getOffsetLeft()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the right edge of the crop rectangle
+   * is from the right edge of the original content as a fraction of the
+   * original content's width.
+   *
+   * @param float $offsetRight
+   */
+  public function setOffsetRight($offsetRight)
+  {
+    $this->offsetRight = $offsetRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getOffsetRight()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The offset specifies how far inwards the top edge of the crop rectangle is
+   * from the top edge of the original content as a fraction of the original
+   * content's height.
+   *
+   * @param float $offsetTop
+   */
+  public function setOffsetTop($offsetTop)
+  {
+    $this->offsetTop = $offsetTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getOffsetTop()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetTop;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CropProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CropProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/CropPropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class CropPropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to angle.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $angleSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_bottom.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $offsetBottomSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_left.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $offsetLeftSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_right.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $offsetRightSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_top.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $offsetTopSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to angle.
+   *
+   * @param bool $angleSuggested
+   */
+  public function setAngleSuggested($angleSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->angleSuggested = $angleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAngleSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->angleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_bottom.
+   *
+   * @param bool $offsetBottomSuggested
+   */
+  public function setOffsetBottomSuggested($offsetBottomSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->offsetBottomSuggested = $offsetBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getOffsetBottomSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_left.
+   *
+   * @param bool $offsetLeftSuggested
+   */
+  public function setOffsetLeftSuggested($offsetLeftSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->offsetLeftSuggested = $offsetLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getOffsetLeftSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_right.
+   *
+   * @param bool $offsetRightSuggested
+   */
+  public function setOffsetRightSuggested($offsetRightSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->offsetRightSuggested = $offsetRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getOffsetRightSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to offset_top.
+   *
+   * @param bool $offsetTopSuggested
+   */
+  public function setOffsetTopSuggested($offsetTopSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->offsetTopSuggested = $offsetTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getOffsetTopSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->offsetTopSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CropPropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_CropPropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DateElement.php

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DateElement extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  protected $dateElementPropertiesType = DateElementProperties::class;
+  protected $dateElementPropertiesDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The unique ID of this date.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $dateId;
+  protected $suggestedDateElementPropertiesChangesType = SuggestedDateElementProperties::class;
+  protected $suggestedDateElementPropertiesChangesDataType = 'map';
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that remove this date from the document. A DateElement
+   * might have multiple deletion IDs if, for example, multiple users suggest
+   * deleting it. If empty, then this date isn't suggested for deletion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that insert this date into the document. A DateElement
+   * might have multiple insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change (a
+   * suggestion within a suggestion made by a different user, for example). If
+   * empty, then this date isn't a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of this DateElement.
+   *
+   * @param DateElementProperties $dateElementProperties
+   */
+  public function setDateElementProperties(DateElementProperties $dateElementProperties)
+  {
+    $this->dateElementProperties = $dateElementProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DateElementProperties
+   */
+  public function getDateElementProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->dateElementProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The unique ID of this date.
+   *
+   * @param string $dateId
+   */
+  public function setDateId($dateId)
+  {
+    $this->dateId = $dateId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDateId()
+  {
+    return $this->dateId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to the date element properties, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedDateElementProperties[] $suggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges($suggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges = $suggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedDateElementProperties[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDateElementPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that remove this date from the document. A DateElement
+   * might have multiple deletion IDs if, for example, multiple users suggest
+   * deleting it. If empty, then this date isn't suggested for deletion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that insert this date into the document. A DateElement
+   * might have multiple insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change (a
+   * suggestion within a suggestion made by a different user, for example). If
+   * empty, then this date isn't a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this DateElement, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this DateElement.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DateElement::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DateElement');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DateElementProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DateElementProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The date format is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED = 'DATE_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The date format is imported from an external source.
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_CUSTOM = 'DATE_FORMAT_CUSTOM';
+  /**
+   * The date format is an abbreviated month followed by the day. For example,
+   * "Jan 1".
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_ABBREVIATED = 'DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_ABBREVIATED';
+  /**
+   * The date format is a month followed by the day. For example, "January 01".
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_FULL = 'DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_FULL';
+  /**
+   * The date format is an abbreviated month followed by the day and the year.
+   * For example, "Jan 1, 1970".
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED = 'DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED';
+  /**
+   * The date format is in ISO 8601 format. For example, "1970-01-01".
+   */
+  public const DATE_FORMAT_DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601 = 'DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601';
+  /**
+   * The time format is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const TIME_FORMAT_TIME_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED = 'TIME_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Indicates that the date does not have a time.
+   */
+  public const TIME_FORMAT_TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED = 'TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED';
+  /**
+   * The time format shows the hour and minute. For example, "Jan 1, 1970 12:00
+   * PM".
+   */
+  public const TIME_FORMAT_TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE = 'TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE';
+  /**
+   * The time format shows the hour, minute, and timezone. For example, "Jan 1,
+   * 1970 12:00 PM UTC".
+   */
+  public const TIME_FORMAT_TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE_TIMEZONE = 'TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE_TIMEZONE';
+  /**
+   * Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the
+   * document. If unset, the default value is
+   * DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be
+   * formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $dateFormat;
+  /**
+   * Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $displayText;
+  /**
+   * The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the
+   * default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`,
+   * `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`,
+   * `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`,
+   * `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`,
+   * `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`,
+   * `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`,
+   * `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`,
+   * `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $locale;
+  /**
+   * Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the
+   * document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating
+   * no time should be shown.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $timeFormat;
+  /**
+   * The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale
+   * Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New_York`. If unset,
+   * the default time zone is `etc/UTC`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $timeZoneId;
+  /**
+   * The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix
+   * epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC.
+   * If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time
+   * zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of
+   * `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be
+   * displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format
+   * of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and
+   * time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $timestamp;
+
+  /**
+   * Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the
+   * document. If unset, the default value is
+   * DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be
+   * formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: DATE_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED, DATE_FORMAT_CUSTOM,
+   * DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_ABBREVIATED, DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_FULL,
+   * DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601
+   *
+   * @param self::DATE_FORMAT_* $dateFormat
+   */
+  public function setDateFormat($dateFormat)
+  {
+    $this->dateFormat = $dateFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::DATE_FORMAT_*
+   */
+  public function getDateFormat()
+  {
+    return $this->dateFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $displayText
+   */
+  public function setDisplayText($displayText)
+  {
+    $this->displayText = $displayText;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisplayText()
+  {
+    return $this->displayText;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the
+   * default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`,
+   * `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`,
+   * `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`,
+   * `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`,
+   * `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`,
+   * `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`,
+   * `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`,
+   * `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.
+   *
+   * @param string $locale
+   */
+  public function setLocale($locale)
+  {
+    $this->locale = $locale;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getLocale()
+  {
+    return $this->locale;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the
+   * document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating
+   * no time should be shown.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: TIME_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED, TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED,
+   * TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE, TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE_TIMEZONE
+   *
+   * @param self::TIME_FORMAT_* $timeFormat
+   */
+  public function setTimeFormat($timeFormat)
+  {
+    $this->timeFormat = $timeFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::TIME_FORMAT_*
+   */
+  public function getTimeFormat()
+  {
+    return $this->timeFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale
+   * Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New_York`. If unset,
+   * the default time zone is `etc/UTC`.
+   *
+   * @param string $timeZoneId
+   */
+  public function setTimeZoneId($timeZoneId)
+  {
+    $this->timeZoneId = $timeZoneId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTimeZoneId()
+  {
+    return $this->timeZoneId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix
+   * epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC.
+   * If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time
+   * zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of
+   * `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be
+   * displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format
+   * of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and
+   * time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`.
+   *
+   * @param string $timestamp
+   */
+  public function setTimestamp($timestamp)
+  {
+    $this->timestamp = $timestamp;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTimestamp()
+  {
+    return $this->timestamp;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DateElementProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DateElementProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DateElementPropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DateElementPropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to date_format.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $dateFormatSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to locale.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $localeSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to time_format.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $timeFormatSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to time_zone_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $timeZoneIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to timestamp.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $timestampSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to date_format.
+   *
+   * @param bool $dateFormatSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDateFormatSuggested($dateFormatSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->dateFormatSuggested = $dateFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDateFormatSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->dateFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to locale.
+   *
+   * @param bool $localeSuggested
+   */
+  public function setLocaleSuggested($localeSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->localeSuggested = $localeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getLocaleSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->localeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to time_format.
+   *
+   * @param bool $timeFormatSuggested
+   */
+  public function setTimeFormatSuggested($timeFormatSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->timeFormatSuggested = $timeFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getTimeFormatSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->timeFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to time_zone_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $timeZoneIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setTimeZoneIdSuggested($timeZoneIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->timeZoneIdSuggested = $timeZoneIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getTimeZoneIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->timeZoneIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to timestamp.
+   *
+   * @param bool $timestampSuggested
+   */
+  public function setTimestampSuggested($timestampSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->timestampSuggested = $timestampSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getTimestampSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->timestampSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DateElementPropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DateElementPropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteContentRangeRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteContentRangeRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $rangeType = Range::class;
+  protected $rangeDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The range of content to delete. Deleting text that crosses a paragraph
+   * boundary may result in changes to paragraph styles, lists, positioned
+   * objects and bookmarks as the two paragraphs are merged. Attempting to
+   * delete certain ranges can result in an invalid document structure in which
+   * case a 400 bad request error is returned. Some examples of invalid delete
+   * requests include: * Deleting one code unit of a surrogate pair. * Deleting
+   * the last newline character of a Body, Header, Footer, Footnote, TableCell
+   * or TableOfContents. * Deleting the start or end of a Table, TableOfContents
+   * or Equation without deleting the entire element. * Deleting the newline
+   * character before a Table, TableOfContents or SectionBreak without deleting
+   * the element. * Deleting individual rows or cells of a table. Deleting the
+   * content within a table cell is allowed.
+   *
+   * @param Range $range
+   */
+  public function setRange(Range $range)
+  {
+    $this->range = $range;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Range
+   */
+  public function getRange()
+  {
+    return $this->range;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteContentRangeRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteContentRangeRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteFooterRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteFooterRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The id of the footer to delete. If this footer is defined on DocumentStyle,
+   * the reference to this footer is removed, resulting in no footer of that
+   * type for the first section of the document. If this footer is defined on a
+   * SectionStyle, the reference to this footer is removed and the footer of
+   * that type is now continued from the previous section.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footerId;
+  /**
+   * The tab that contains the footer to delete. When omitted, the request is
+   * applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If
+   * provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The id of the footer to delete. If this footer is defined on DocumentStyle,
+   * the reference to this footer is removed, resulting in no footer of that
+   * type for the first section of the document. If this footer is defined on a
+   * SectionStyle, the reference to this footer is removed and the footer of
+   * that type is now continued from the previous section.
+   *
+   * @param string $footerId
+   */
+  public function setFooterId($footerId)
+  {
+    $this->footerId = $footerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->footerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The tab that contains the footer to delete. When omitted, the request is
+   * applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If
+   * provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteFooterRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteFooterRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteHeaderRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteHeaderRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The id of the header to delete. If this header is defined on DocumentStyle,
+   * the reference to this header is removed, resulting in no header of that
+   * type for the first section of the document. If this header is defined on a
+   * SectionStyle, the reference to this header is removed and the header of
+   * that type is now continued from the previous section.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $headerId;
+  /**
+   * The tab containing the header to delete. When omitted, the request is
+   * applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If
+   * provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The id of the header to delete. If this header is defined on DocumentStyle,
+   * the reference to this header is removed, resulting in no header of that
+   * type for the first section of the document. If this header is defined on a
+   * SectionStyle, the reference to this header is removed and the header of
+   * that type is now continued from the previous section.
+   *
+   * @param string $headerId
+   */
+  public function setHeaderId($headerId)
+  {
+    $this->headerId = $headerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->headerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The tab containing the header to delete. When omitted, the request is
+   * applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If
+   * provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteHeaderRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteHeaderRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteNamedRangeRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteNamedRangeRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The name of the range(s) to delete. All named ranges with the given name
+   * will be deleted.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the named range to delete.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedRangeId;
+  protected $tabsCriteriaType = TabsCriteria::class;
+  protected $tabsCriteriaDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The name of the range(s) to delete. All named ranges with the given name
+   * will be deleted.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the named range to delete.
+   *
+   * @param string $namedRangeId
+   */
+  public function setNamedRangeId($namedRangeId)
+  {
+    $this->namedRangeId = $namedRangeId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNamedRangeId()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRangeId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. The criteria used to specify which tab(s) the range deletion
+   * should occur in. When omitted, the range deletion is applied to all tabs.
+   * In a document containing a single tab: - If provided, must match the
+   * singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the range deletion applies to the singular
+   * tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If provided, the range
+   * deletion applies to the specified tabs. - If not provided, the range
+   * deletion applies to all tabs.
+   *
+   * @param TabsCriteria $tabsCriteria
+   */
+  public function setTabsCriteria(TabsCriteria $tabsCriteria)
+  {
+    $this->tabsCriteria = $tabsCriteria;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TabsCriteria
+   */
+  public function getTabsCriteria()
+  {
+    return $this->tabsCriteria;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteNamedRangeRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteNamedRangeRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteParagraphBulletsRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteParagraphBulletsRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $rangeType = Range::class;
+  protected $rangeDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The range to delete bullets from.
+   *
+   * @param Range $range
+   */
+  public function setRange(Range $range)
+  {
+    $this->range = $range;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Range
+   */
+  public function getRange()
+  {
+    return $this->range;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteParagraphBulletsRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteParagraphBulletsRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeletePositionedObjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeletePositionedObjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the positioned object to delete.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $objectId;
+  /**
+   * The tab that the positioned object to delete is in. When omitted, the
+   * request is applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab:
+   * - If provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the positioned object to delete.
+   *
+   * @param string $objectId
+   */
+  public function setObjectId($objectId)
+  {
+    $this->objectId = $objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getObjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The tab that the positioned object to delete is in. When omitted, the
+   * request is applied to the first tab. In a document containing a single tab:
+   * - If provided, must match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request
+   * applies to the singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If
+   * provided, the request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the
+   * request applies to the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeletePositionedObjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeletePositionedObjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteTabRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteTabRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab to delete.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab to delete.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteTabRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteTabRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteTableColumnRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteTableColumnRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $tableCellLocationType = TableCellLocation::class;
+  protected $tableCellLocationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The reference table cell location from which the column will be deleted.
+   * The column this cell spans will be deleted. If this is a merged cell that
+   * spans multiple columns, all columns that the cell spans will be deleted. If
+   * no columns remain in the table after this deletion, the whole table is
+   * deleted.
+   *
+   * @param TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function setTableCellLocation(TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation)
+  {
+    $this->tableCellLocation = $tableCellLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function getTableCellLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->tableCellLocation;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteTableColumnRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteTableColumnRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DeleteTableRowRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DeleteTableRowRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $tableCellLocationType = TableCellLocation::class;
+  protected $tableCellLocationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The reference table cell location from which the row will be deleted. The
+   * row this cell spans will be deleted. If this is a merged cell that spans
+   * multiple rows, all rows that the cell spans will be deleted. If no rows
+   * remain in the table after this deletion, the whole table is deleted.
+   *
+   * @param TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function setTableCellLocation(TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation)
+  {
+    $this->tableCellLocation = $tableCellLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function getTableCellLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->tableCellLocation;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteTableRowRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DeleteTableRowRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Dimension.php

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Dimension extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The units are unknown.
+   */
+  public const UNIT_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED = 'UNIT_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * A point, 1/72 of an inch.
+   */
+  public const UNIT_PT = 'PT';
+  /**
+   * The magnitude.
+   *
+   * @var 
+   */
+  public $magnitude;
+  /**
+   * The units for magnitude.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $unit;
+
+  public function setMagnitude($magnitude)
+  {
+    $this->magnitude = $magnitude;
+  }
+  public function getMagnitude()
+  {
+    return $this->magnitude;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The units for magnitude.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: UNIT_UNSPECIFIED, PT
+   *
+   * @param self::UNIT_* $unit
+   */
+  public function setUnit($unit)
+  {
+    $this->unit = $unit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::UNIT_*
+   */
+  public function getUnit()
+  {
+    return $this->unit;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Dimension::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Dimension');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DocsList.php

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DocsList extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedDeletionIds';
+  protected $listPropertiesType = ListProperties::class;
+  protected $listPropertiesDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this list.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion ID. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionId;
+  protected $suggestedListPropertiesChangesType = SuggestedListProperties::class;
+  protected $suggestedListPropertiesChangesDataType = 'map';
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of the list.
+   *
+   * @param ListProperties $listProperties
+   */
+  public function setListProperties(ListProperties $listProperties)
+  {
+    $this->listProperties = $listProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ListProperties
+   */
+  public function getListProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->listProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this list.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion ID. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string $suggestedInsertionId
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionId($suggestedInsertionId)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionId = $suggestedInsertionId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionId()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to the list properties, keyed by suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedListProperties[] $suggestedListPropertiesChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedListPropertiesChanges($suggestedListPropertiesChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedListPropertiesChanges = $suggestedListPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedListProperties[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedListPropertiesChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedListPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocsList::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DocsList');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Document.php

@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Document extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * The SuggestionsViewMode applied to the returned document depends on the
+   * user's current access level. If the user only has view access,
+   * PREVIEW_WITHOUT_SUGGESTIONS is applied. Otherwise, SUGGESTIONS_INLINE is
+   * applied. This is the default suggestions view mode.
+   */
+  public const SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_DEFAULT_FOR_CURRENT_ACCESS = 'DEFAULT_FOR_CURRENT_ACCESS';
+  /**
+   * The returned document has suggestions inline. Suggested changes will be
+   * differentiated from base content within the document. Requests to retrieve
+   * a document using this mode will return a 403 error if the user does not
+   * have permission to view suggested changes.
+   */
+  public const SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_SUGGESTIONS_INLINE = 'SUGGESTIONS_INLINE';
+  /**
+   * The returned document is a preview with all suggested changes accepted.
+   * Requests to retrieve a document using this mode will return a 403 error if
+   * the user does not have permission to view suggested changes.
+   */
+  public const SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_PREVIEW_SUGGESTIONS_ACCEPTED = 'PREVIEW_SUGGESTIONS_ACCEPTED';
+  /**
+   * The returned document is a preview with all suggested changes rejected if
+   * there are any suggestions in the document.
+   */
+  public const SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_PREVIEW_WITHOUT_SUGGESTIONS = 'PREVIEW_WITHOUT_SUGGESTIONS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'tabs';
+  protected $bodyType = Body::class;
+  protected $bodyDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The ID of the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $documentId;
+  protected $documentStyleType = DocumentStyle::class;
+  protected $documentStyleDataType = '';
+  protected $footersType = Footer::class;
+  protected $footersDataType = 'map';
+  protected $footnotesType = Footnote::class;
+  protected $footnotesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $headersType = Header::class;
+  protected $headersDataType = 'map';
+  protected $inlineObjectsType = InlineObject::class;
+  protected $inlineObjectsDataType = 'map';
+  protected $listsType = DocsList::class;
+  protected $listsDataType = 'map';
+  protected $namedRangesType = NamedRanges::class;
+  protected $namedRangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $namedStylesType = NamedStyles::class;
+  protected $namedStylesDataType = '';
+  protected $positionedObjectsType = PositionedObject::class;
+  protected $positionedObjectsDataType = 'map';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The revision ID of the document. Can be used in update
+   * requests to specify which revision of a document to apply updates to and
+   * how the request should behave if the document has been edited since that
+   * revision. Only populated if the user has edit access to the document. The
+   * revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of
+   * the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only
+   * guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot
+   * be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then
+   * the document has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same
+   * document and user) usually means the document has been updated. However, a
+   * changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $revisionId;
+  protected $suggestedDocumentStyleChangesType = SuggestedDocumentStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedDocumentStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $suggestedNamedStylesChangesType = SuggestedNamedStyles::class;
+  protected $suggestedNamedStylesChangesDataType = 'map';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The suggestions view mode applied to the document. Note: When
+   * editing a document, changes must be based on a document with
+   * SUGGESTIONS_INLINE.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $suggestionsViewMode;
+  protected $tabsType = Tab::class;
+  protected $tabsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The title of the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $title;
+
+  /**
+   * Output only. The main body of the document. Legacy field: Instead, use
+   * Document.tabs.documentTab.body, which exposes the actual document content
+   * from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set to `true`. If
+   * `false` or unset, this field contains information about the first tab in
+   * the document.
+   *
+   * @param Body $body
+   */
+  public function setBody(Body $body)
+  {
+    $this->body = $body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Body
+   */
+  public function getBody()
+  {
+    return $this->body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The ID of the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $documentId
+   */
+  public function setDocumentId($documentId)
+  {
+    $this->documentId = $documentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDocumentId()
+  {
+    return $this->documentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The style of the document. Legacy field: Instead, use
+   * Document.tabs.documentTab.documentStyle, which exposes the actual document
+   * content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set to
+   * `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information about the
+   * first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param DocumentStyle $documentStyle
+   */
+  public function setDocumentStyle(DocumentStyle $documentStyle)
+  {
+    $this->documentStyle = $documentStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocumentStyle
+   */
+  public function getDocumentStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->documentStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The footers in the document, keyed by footer ID. Legacy field:
+   * Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.footers, which exposes the actual
+   * document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set
+   * to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information about the
+   * first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param Footer[] $footers
+   */
+  public function setFooters($footers)
+  {
+    $this->footers = $footers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Footer[]
+   */
+  public function getFooters()
+  {
+    return $this->footers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The footnotes in the document, keyed by footnote ID. Legacy
+   * field: Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.footnotes, which exposes the
+   * actual document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter
+   * is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information
+   * about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param Footnote[] $footnotes
+   */
+  public function setFootnotes($footnotes)
+  {
+    $this->footnotes = $footnotes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Footnote[]
+   */
+  public function getFootnotes()
+  {
+    return $this->footnotes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The headers in the document, keyed by header ID. Legacy field:
+   * Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.headers, which exposes the actual
+   * document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set
+   * to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information about the
+   * first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param Header[] $headers
+   */
+  public function setHeaders($headers)
+  {
+    $this->headers = $headers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Header[]
+   */
+  public function getHeaders()
+  {
+    return $this->headers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The inline objects in the document, keyed by object ID. Legacy
+   * field: Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.inlineObjects, which exposes
+   * the actual document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent
+   * parameter is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains
+   * information about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param InlineObject[] $inlineObjects
+   */
+  public function setInlineObjects($inlineObjects)
+  {
+    $this->inlineObjects = $inlineObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return InlineObject[]
+   */
+  public function getInlineObjects()
+  {
+    return $this->inlineObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The lists in the document, keyed by list ID. Legacy field:
+   * Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.lists, which exposes the actual
+   * document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set
+   * to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information about the
+   * first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param DocsList[] $lists
+   */
+  public function setLists($lists)
+  {
+    $this->lists = $lists;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocsList[]
+   */
+  public function getLists()
+  {
+    return $this->lists;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The named ranges in the document, keyed by name. Legacy field:
+   * Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.namedRanges, which exposes the
+   * actual document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter
+   * is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information
+   * about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param NamedRanges[] $namedRanges
+   */
+  public function setNamedRanges($namedRanges)
+  {
+    $this->namedRanges = $namedRanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedRanges[]
+   */
+  public function getNamedRanges()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The named styles of the document. Legacy field: Instead, use
+   * Document.tabs.documentTab.namedStyles, which exposes the actual document
+   * content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter is set to
+   * `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information about the
+   * first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param NamedStyles $namedStyles
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyles(NamedStyles $namedStyles)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyles = $namedStyles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedStyles
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyles()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The positioned objects in the document, keyed by object ID.
+   * Legacy field: Instead, use Document.tabs.documentTab.positionedObjects,
+   * which exposes the actual document content from all tabs when the
+   * includeTabsContent parameter is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this
+   * field contains information about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param PositionedObject[] $positionedObjects
+   */
+  public function setPositionedObjects($positionedObjects)
+  {
+    $this->positionedObjects = $positionedObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PositionedObject[]
+   */
+  public function getPositionedObjects()
+  {
+    return $this->positionedObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The revision ID of the document. Can be used in update
+   * requests to specify which revision of a document to apply updates to and
+   * how the request should behave if the document has been edited since that
+   * revision. Only populated if the user has edit access to the document. The
+   * revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of
+   * the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only
+   * guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot
+   * be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then
+   * the document has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same
+   * document and user) usually means the document has been updated. However, a
+   * changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
+   *
+   * @param string $revisionId
+   */
+  public function setRevisionId($revisionId)
+  {
+    $this->revisionId = $revisionId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRevisionId()
+  {
+    return $this->revisionId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The suggested changes to the style of the document, keyed by
+   * suggestion ID. Legacy field: Instead, use
+   * Document.tabs.documentTab.suggestedDocumentStyleChanges, which exposes the
+   * actual document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter
+   * is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information
+   * about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedDocumentStyle[] $suggestedDocumentStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDocumentStyleChanges($suggestedDocumentStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDocumentStyleChanges = $suggestedDocumentStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedDocumentStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDocumentStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDocumentStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The suggested changes to the named styles of the document,
+   * keyed by suggestion ID. Legacy field: Instead, use
+   * Document.tabs.documentTab.suggestedNamedStylesChanges, which exposes the
+   * actual document content from all tabs when the includeTabsContent parameter
+   * is set to `true`. If `false` or unset, this field contains information
+   * about the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedNamedStyles[] $suggestedNamedStylesChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedNamedStylesChanges($suggestedNamedStylesChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedNamedStylesChanges = $suggestedNamedStylesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedNamedStyles[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedNamedStylesChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedNamedStylesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The suggestions view mode applied to the document. Note: When
+   * editing a document, changes must be based on a document with
+   * SUGGESTIONS_INLINE.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: DEFAULT_FOR_CURRENT_ACCESS, SUGGESTIONS_INLINE,
+   * PREVIEW_SUGGESTIONS_ACCEPTED, PREVIEW_WITHOUT_SUGGESTIONS
+   *
+   * @param self::SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_* $suggestionsViewMode
+   */
+  public function setSuggestionsViewMode($suggestionsViewMode)
+  {
+    $this->suggestionsViewMode = $suggestionsViewMode;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SUGGESTIONS_VIEW_MODE_*
+   */
+  public function getSuggestionsViewMode()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestionsViewMode;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Tabs that are part of a document. Tabs can contain child tabs, a tab nested
+   * within another tab. Child tabs are represented by the Tab.childTabs field.
+   *
+   * @param Tab[] $tabs
+   */
+  public function setTabs($tabs)
+  {
+    $this->tabs = $tabs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Tab[]
+   */
+  public function getTabs()
+  {
+    return $this->tabs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The title of the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $title
+   */
+  public function setTitle($title)
+  {
+    $this->title = $title;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTitle()
+  {
+    return $this->title;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Document::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Document');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DocumentFormat.php

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DocumentFormat extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The document mode is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const DOCUMENT_MODE_DOCUMENT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED = 'DOCUMENT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The document has pages.
+   */
+  public const DOCUMENT_MODE_PAGES = 'PAGES';
+  /**
+   * The document is pageless.
+   */
+  public const DOCUMENT_MODE_PAGELESS = 'PAGELESS';
+  /**
+   * Whether the document has pages or is pageless.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $documentMode;
+
+  /**
+   * Whether the document has pages or is pageless.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: DOCUMENT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, PAGES, PAGELESS
+   *
+   * @param self::DOCUMENT_MODE_* $documentMode
+   */
+  public function setDocumentMode($documentMode)
+  {
+    $this->documentMode = $documentMode;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::DOCUMENT_MODE_*
+   */
+  public function getDocumentMode()
+  {
+    return $this->documentMode;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocumentFormat::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DocumentFormat');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DocumentStyle.php

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DocumentStyle extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $backgroundType = Background::class;
+  protected $backgroundDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the default footer. If not set, there's no default footer. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered. This property
+   * is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $defaultFooterId;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the default header. If not set, there's no default header. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered. This property
+   * is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $defaultHeaderId;
+  protected $documentFormatType = DocumentFormat::class;
+  protected $documentFormatDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer used only for even pages. The value of
+   * use_even_page_header_footer determines whether to use the default_footer_id
+   * or this value for the footer on even pages. If not set, there's no even
+   * page footer. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $evenPageFooterId;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header used only for even pages. The value of
+   * use_even_page_header_footer determines whether to use the default_header_id
+   * or this value for the header on even pages. If not set, there's no even
+   * page header. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $evenPageHeaderId;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer used only for the first page. If not set then a unique
+   * footer for the first page does not exist. The value of
+   * use_first_page_header_footer determines whether to use the
+   * default_footer_id or this value for the footer on the first page. If not
+   * set, there's no first page footer. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $firstPageFooterId;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header used only for the first page. If not set then a unique
+   * header for the first page does not exist. The value of
+   * use_first_page_header_footer determines whether to use the
+   * default_header_id or this value for the header on the first page. If not
+   * set, there's no first page header. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $firstPageHeaderId;
+  /**
+   * Optional. Indicates whether to flip the dimensions of the page_size, which
+   * allows changing the page orientation between portrait and landscape. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $flipPageOrientation;
+  protected $marginBottomType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginBottomDataType = '';
+  protected $marginFooterType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginFooterDataType = '';
+  protected $marginHeaderType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginHeaderDataType = '';
+  protected $marginLeftType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginLeftDataType = '';
+  protected $marginRightType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginRightDataType = '';
+  protected $marginTopType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginTopDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The page number from which to start counting the number of pages. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $pageNumberStart;
+  protected $pageSizeType = Size::class;
+  protected $pageSizeDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether DocumentStyle margin_header, SectionStyle margin_header
+   * and DocumentStyle margin_footer, SectionStyle margin_footer are respected.
+   * When false, the default values in the Docs editor for header and footer
+   * margin is used. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useCustomHeaderFooterMargins;
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether to use the even page header / footer IDs for the even
+   * pages. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useEvenPageHeaderFooter;
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether to use the first page header / footer IDs for the first
+   * page. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useFirstPageHeaderFooter;
+
+  /**
+   * The background of the document. Documents cannot have a transparent
+   * background color.
+   *
+   * @param Background $background
+   */
+  public function setBackground(Background $background)
+  {
+    $this->background = $background;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Background
+   */
+  public function getBackground()
+  {
+    return $this->background;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the default footer. If not set, there's no default footer. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered. This property
+   * is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $defaultFooterId
+   */
+  public function setDefaultFooterId($defaultFooterId)
+  {
+    $this->defaultFooterId = $defaultFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDefaultFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the default header. If not set, there's no default header. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered. This property
+   * is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $defaultHeaderId
+   */
+  public function setDefaultHeaderId($defaultHeaderId)
+  {
+    $this->defaultHeaderId = $defaultHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDefaultHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies document-level format settings, such as the document mode (pages
+   * vs pageless).
+   *
+   * @param DocumentFormat $documentFormat
+   */
+  public function setDocumentFormat(DocumentFormat $documentFormat)
+  {
+    $this->documentFormat = $documentFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocumentFormat
+   */
+  public function getDocumentFormat()
+  {
+    return $this->documentFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer used only for even pages. The value of
+   * use_even_page_header_footer determines whether to use the default_footer_id
+   * or this value for the footer on even pages. If not set, there's no even
+   * page footer. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $evenPageFooterId
+   */
+  public function setEvenPageFooterId($evenPageFooterId)
+  {
+    $this->evenPageFooterId = $evenPageFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEvenPageFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->evenPageFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header used only for even pages. The value of
+   * use_even_page_header_footer determines whether to use the default_header_id
+   * or this value for the header on even pages. If not set, there's no even
+   * page header. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $evenPageHeaderId
+   */
+  public function setEvenPageHeaderId($evenPageHeaderId)
+  {
+    $this->evenPageHeaderId = $evenPageHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEvenPageHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->evenPageHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer used only for the first page. If not set then a unique
+   * footer for the first page does not exist. The value of
+   * use_first_page_header_footer determines whether to use the
+   * default_footer_id or this value for the footer on the first page. If not
+   * set, there's no first page footer. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $firstPageFooterId
+   */
+  public function setFirstPageFooterId($firstPageFooterId)
+  {
+    $this->firstPageFooterId = $firstPageFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFirstPageFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->firstPageFooterId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header used only for the first page. If not set then a unique
+   * header for the first page does not exist. The value of
+   * use_first_page_header_footer determines whether to use the
+   * default_header_id or this value for the header on the first page. If not
+   * set, there's no first page header. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $firstPageHeaderId
+   */
+  public function setFirstPageHeaderId($firstPageHeaderId)
+  {
+    $this->firstPageHeaderId = $firstPageHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFirstPageHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->firstPageHeaderId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. Indicates whether to flip the dimensions of the page_size, which
+   * allows changing the page orientation between portrait and landscape. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param bool $flipPageOrientation
+   */
+  public function setFlipPageOrientation($flipPageOrientation)
+  {
+    $this->flipPageOrientation = $flipPageOrientation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getFlipPageOrientation()
+  {
+    return $this->flipPageOrientation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The bottom page margin. Updating the bottom page margin on the document
+   * style clears the bottom page margin on all section styles. If DocumentMode
+   * is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginBottom
+   */
+  public function setMarginBottom(Dimension $marginBottom)
+  {
+    $this->marginBottom = $marginBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginBottom()
+  {
+    return $this->marginBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of space between the bottom of the page and the contents of the
+   * footer. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginFooter
+   */
+  public function setMarginFooter(Dimension $marginFooter)
+  {
+    $this->marginFooter = $marginFooter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginFooter()
+  {
+    return $this->marginFooter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of space between the top of the page and the contents of the
+   * header. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginHeader
+   */
+  public function setMarginHeader(Dimension $marginHeader)
+  {
+    $this->marginHeader = $marginHeader;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginHeader()
+  {
+    return $this->marginHeader;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The left page margin. Updating the left page margin on the document style
+   * clears the left page margin on all section styles. It may also cause
+   * columns to resize in all sections. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginLeft
+   */
+  public function setMarginLeft(Dimension $marginLeft)
+  {
+    $this->marginLeft = $marginLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginLeft()
+  {
+    return $this->marginLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The right page margin. Updating the right page margin on the document style
+   * clears the right page margin on all section styles. It may also cause
+   * columns to resize in all sections. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginRight
+   */
+  public function setMarginRight(Dimension $marginRight)
+  {
+    $this->marginRight = $marginRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginRight()
+  {
+    return $this->marginRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The top page margin. Updating the top page margin on the document style
+   * clears the top page margin on all section styles. If DocumentMode is
+   * PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginTop
+   */
+  public function setMarginTop(Dimension $marginTop)
+  {
+    $this->marginTop = $marginTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginTop()
+  {
+    return $this->marginTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The page number from which to start counting the number of pages. If
+   * DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param int $pageNumberStart
+   */
+  public function setPageNumberStart($pageNumberStart)
+  {
+    $this->pageNumberStart = $pageNumberStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getPageNumberStart()
+  {
+    return $this->pageNumberStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The size of a page in the document. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this
+   * property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param Size $pageSize
+   */
+  public function setPageSize(Size $pageSize)
+  {
+    $this->pageSize = $pageSize;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Size
+   */
+  public function getPageSize()
+  {
+    return $this->pageSize;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether DocumentStyle margin_header, SectionStyle margin_header
+   * and DocumentStyle margin_footer, SectionStyle margin_footer are respected.
+   * When false, the default values in the Docs editor for header and footer
+   * margin is used. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be
+   * rendered. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useCustomHeaderFooterMargins
+   */
+  public function setUseCustomHeaderFooterMargins($useCustomHeaderFooterMargins)
+  {
+    $this->useCustomHeaderFooterMargins = $useCustomHeaderFooterMargins;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseCustomHeaderFooterMargins()
+  {
+    return $this->useCustomHeaderFooterMargins;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether to use the even page header / footer IDs for the even
+   * pages. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useEvenPageHeaderFooter
+   */
+  public function setUseEvenPageHeaderFooter($useEvenPageHeaderFooter)
+  {
+    $this->useEvenPageHeaderFooter = $useEvenPageHeaderFooter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseEvenPageHeaderFooter()
+  {
+    return $this->useEvenPageHeaderFooter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether to use the first page header / footer IDs for the first
+   * page. If DocumentMode is PAGELESS, this property will not be rendered.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useFirstPageHeaderFooter
+   */
+  public function setUseFirstPageHeaderFooter($useFirstPageHeaderFooter)
+  {
+    $this->useFirstPageHeaderFooter = $useFirstPageHeaderFooter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseFirstPageHeaderFooter()
+  {
+    return $this->useFirstPageHeaderFooter;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocumentStyle::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DocumentStyle');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DocumentStyleSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DocumentStyleSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $backgroundSuggestionStateType = BackgroundSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $backgroundSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to default_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $defaultFooterIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to default_header_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $defaultHeaderIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to even_page_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $evenPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to even_page_header_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $evenPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to first_page_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $firstPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to first_page_header_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $firstPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Optional. Indicates if there was a suggested change to
+   * flip_page_orientation.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $flipPageOrientationSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_bottom.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginBottomSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_footer.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginFooterSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_header.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginHeaderSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_left.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginLeftSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_right.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginRightSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_top.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginTopSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to page_number_start.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $pageNumberStartSuggested;
+  protected $pageSizeSuggestionStateType = SizeSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $pageSizeSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to
+   * use_custom_header_footer_margins.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to use_even_page_header_footer.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to use_first_page_header_footer.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in background have been changed
+   * in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param BackgroundSuggestionState $backgroundSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setBackgroundSuggestionState(BackgroundSuggestionState $backgroundSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->backgroundSuggestionState = $backgroundSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BackgroundSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getBackgroundSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->backgroundSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to default_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $defaultFooterIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDefaultFooterIdSuggested($defaultFooterIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->defaultFooterIdSuggested = $defaultFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDefaultFooterIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to default_header_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $defaultHeaderIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDefaultHeaderIdSuggested($defaultHeaderIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->defaultHeaderIdSuggested = $defaultHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDefaultHeaderIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to even_page_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $evenPageFooterIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setEvenPageFooterIdSuggested($evenPageFooterIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->evenPageFooterIdSuggested = $evenPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getEvenPageFooterIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->evenPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to even_page_header_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $evenPageHeaderIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setEvenPageHeaderIdSuggested($evenPageHeaderIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->evenPageHeaderIdSuggested = $evenPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getEvenPageHeaderIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->evenPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to first_page_footer_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $firstPageFooterIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setFirstPageFooterIdSuggested($firstPageFooterIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->firstPageFooterIdSuggested = $firstPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getFirstPageFooterIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->firstPageFooterIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to first_page_header_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $firstPageHeaderIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setFirstPageHeaderIdSuggested($firstPageHeaderIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->firstPageHeaderIdSuggested = $firstPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getFirstPageHeaderIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->firstPageHeaderIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. Indicates if there was a suggested change to
+   * flip_page_orientation.
+   *
+   * @param bool $flipPageOrientationSuggested
+   */
+  public function setFlipPageOrientationSuggested($flipPageOrientationSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->flipPageOrientationSuggested = $flipPageOrientationSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getFlipPageOrientationSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->flipPageOrientationSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_bottom.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginBottomSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginBottomSuggested($marginBottomSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginBottomSuggested = $marginBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginBottomSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_footer.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginFooterSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginFooterSuggested($marginFooterSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginFooterSuggested = $marginFooterSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginFooterSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginFooterSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_header.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginHeaderSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginHeaderSuggested($marginHeaderSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginHeaderSuggested = $marginHeaderSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginHeaderSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginHeaderSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_left.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginLeftSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginLeftSuggested($marginLeftSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginLeftSuggested = $marginLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginLeftSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_right.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginRightSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginRightSuggested($marginRightSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginRightSuggested = $marginRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginRightSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_top.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginTopSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginTopSuggested($marginTopSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginTopSuggested = $marginTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginTopSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to page_number_start.
+   *
+   * @param bool $pageNumberStartSuggested
+   */
+  public function setPageNumberStartSuggested($pageNumberStartSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->pageNumberStartSuggested = $pageNumberStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getPageNumberStartSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->pageNumberStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in size have been changed in this
+   * suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param SizeSuggestionState $pageSizeSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setPageSizeSuggestionState(SizeSuggestionState $pageSizeSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->pageSizeSuggestionState = $pageSizeSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SizeSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getPageSizeSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->pageSizeSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to
+   * use_custom_header_footer_margins.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested
+   */
+  public function setUseCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested($useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested = $useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->useCustomHeaderFooterMarginsSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to use_even_page_header_footer.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested
+   */
+  public function setUseEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested($useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested = $useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->useEvenPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to use_first_page_header_footer.
+   *
+   * @param bool $useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested
+   */
+  public function setUseFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested($useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested = $useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUseFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->useFirstPageHeaderFooterSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocumentStyleSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DocumentStyleSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/DocumentTab.php

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class DocumentTab extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $bodyType = Body::class;
+  protected $bodyDataType = '';
+  protected $documentStyleType = DocumentStyle::class;
+  protected $documentStyleDataType = '';
+  protected $footersType = Footer::class;
+  protected $footersDataType = 'map';
+  protected $footnotesType = Footnote::class;
+  protected $footnotesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $headersType = Header::class;
+  protected $headersDataType = 'map';
+  protected $inlineObjectsType = InlineObject::class;
+  protected $inlineObjectsDataType = 'map';
+  protected $listsType = DocsList::class;
+  protected $listsDataType = 'map';
+  protected $namedRangesType = NamedRanges::class;
+  protected $namedRangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $namedStylesType = NamedStyles::class;
+  protected $namedStylesDataType = '';
+  protected $positionedObjectsType = PositionedObject::class;
+  protected $positionedObjectsDataType = 'map';
+  protected $suggestedDocumentStyleChangesType = SuggestedDocumentStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedDocumentStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $suggestedNamedStylesChangesType = SuggestedNamedStyles::class;
+  protected $suggestedNamedStylesChangesDataType = 'map';
+
+  /**
+   * The main body of the document tab.
+   *
+   * @param Body $body
+   */
+  public function setBody(Body $body)
+  {
+    $this->body = $body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Body
+   */
+  public function getBody()
+  {
+    return $this->body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The style of the document tab.
+   *
+   * @param DocumentStyle $documentStyle
+   */
+  public function setDocumentStyle(DocumentStyle $documentStyle)
+  {
+    $this->documentStyle = $documentStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocumentStyle
+   */
+  public function getDocumentStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->documentStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The footers in the document tab, keyed by footer ID.
+   *
+   * @param Footer[] $footers
+   */
+  public function setFooters($footers)
+  {
+    $this->footers = $footers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Footer[]
+   */
+  public function getFooters()
+  {
+    return $this->footers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The footnotes in the document tab, keyed by footnote ID.
+   *
+   * @param Footnote[] $footnotes
+   */
+  public function setFootnotes($footnotes)
+  {
+    $this->footnotes = $footnotes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Footnote[]
+   */
+  public function getFootnotes()
+  {
+    return $this->footnotes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The headers in the document tab, keyed by header ID.
+   *
+   * @param Header[] $headers
+   */
+  public function setHeaders($headers)
+  {
+    $this->headers = $headers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Header[]
+   */
+  public function getHeaders()
+  {
+    return $this->headers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The inline objects in the document tab, keyed by object ID.
+   *
+   * @param InlineObject[] $inlineObjects
+   */
+  public function setInlineObjects($inlineObjects)
+  {
+    $this->inlineObjects = $inlineObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return InlineObject[]
+   */
+  public function getInlineObjects()
+  {
+    return $this->inlineObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The lists in the document tab, keyed by list ID.
+   *
+   * @param DocsList[] $lists
+   */
+  public function setLists($lists)
+  {
+    $this->lists = $lists;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocsList[]
+   */
+  public function getLists()
+  {
+    return $this->lists;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The named ranges in the document tab, keyed by name.
+   *
+   * @param NamedRanges[] $namedRanges
+   */
+  public function setNamedRanges($namedRanges)
+  {
+    $this->namedRanges = $namedRanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedRanges[]
+   */
+  public function getNamedRanges()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The named styles of the document tab.
+   *
+   * @param NamedStyles $namedStyles
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyles(NamedStyles $namedStyles)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyles = $namedStyles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedStyles
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyles()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The positioned objects in the document tab, keyed by object ID.
+   *
+   * @param PositionedObject[] $positionedObjects
+   */
+  public function setPositionedObjects($positionedObjects)
+  {
+    $this->positionedObjects = $positionedObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PositionedObject[]
+   */
+  public function getPositionedObjects()
+  {
+    return $this->positionedObjects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to the style of the document tab, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedDocumentStyle[] $suggestedDocumentStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDocumentStyleChanges($suggestedDocumentStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDocumentStyleChanges = $suggestedDocumentStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedDocumentStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDocumentStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDocumentStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to the named styles of the document tab, keyed by
+   * suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedNamedStyles[] $suggestedNamedStylesChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedNamedStylesChanges($suggestedNamedStylesChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedNamedStylesChanges = $suggestedNamedStylesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedNamedStyles[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedNamedStylesChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedNamedStylesChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocumentTab::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_DocumentTab');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedDrawingProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedDrawingProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedDrawingProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedDrawingProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedObject.php

@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedObject extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The description of the embedded object. The `title` and `description` are
+   * both combined to display alt text.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  protected $embeddedDrawingPropertiesType = EmbeddedDrawingProperties::class;
+  protected $embeddedDrawingPropertiesDataType = '';
+  protected $embeddedObjectBorderType = EmbeddedObjectBorder::class;
+  protected $embeddedObjectBorderDataType = '';
+  protected $imagePropertiesType = ImageProperties::class;
+  protected $imagePropertiesDataType = '';
+  protected $linkedContentReferenceType = LinkedContentReference::class;
+  protected $linkedContentReferenceDataType = '';
+  protected $marginBottomType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginBottomDataType = '';
+  protected $marginLeftType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginLeftDataType = '';
+  protected $marginRightType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginRightDataType = '';
+  protected $marginTopType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $marginTopDataType = '';
+  protected $sizeType = Size::class;
+  protected $sizeDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The title of the embedded object. The `title` and `description` are both
+   * combined to display alt text.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $title;
+
+  /**
+   * The description of the embedded object. The `title` and `description` are
+   * both combined to display alt text.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The properties of an embedded drawing.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedDrawingProperties $embeddedDrawingProperties
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedDrawingProperties(EmbeddedDrawingProperties $embeddedDrawingProperties)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedDrawingProperties = $embeddedDrawingProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedDrawingProperties
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedDrawingProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedDrawingProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border of the embedded object.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedObjectBorder $embeddedObjectBorder
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedObjectBorder(EmbeddedObjectBorder $embeddedObjectBorder)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedObjectBorder = $embeddedObjectBorder;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedObjectBorder
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedObjectBorder()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedObjectBorder;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The properties of an image.
+   *
+   * @param ImageProperties $imageProperties
+   */
+  public function setImageProperties(ImageProperties $imageProperties)
+  {
+    $this->imageProperties = $imageProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ImageProperties
+   */
+  public function getImageProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->imageProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A reference to the external linked source content. For example, it contains
+   * a reference to the source Google Sheets chart when the embedded object is a
+   * linked chart. If unset, then the embedded object is not linked.
+   *
+   * @param LinkedContentReference $linkedContentReference
+   */
+  public function setLinkedContentReference(LinkedContentReference $linkedContentReference)
+  {
+    $this->linkedContentReference = $linkedContentReference;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LinkedContentReference
+   */
+  public function getLinkedContentReference()
+  {
+    return $this->linkedContentReference;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The bottom margin of the embedded object.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginBottom
+   */
+  public function setMarginBottom(Dimension $marginBottom)
+  {
+    $this->marginBottom = $marginBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginBottom()
+  {
+    return $this->marginBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The left margin of the embedded object.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginLeft
+   */
+  public function setMarginLeft(Dimension $marginLeft)
+  {
+    $this->marginLeft = $marginLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginLeft()
+  {
+    return $this->marginLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The right margin of the embedded object.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginRight
+   */
+  public function setMarginRight(Dimension $marginRight)
+  {
+    $this->marginRight = $marginRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginRight()
+  {
+    return $this->marginRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The top margin of the embedded object.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $marginTop
+   */
+  public function setMarginTop(Dimension $marginTop)
+  {
+    $this->marginTop = $marginTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getMarginTop()
+  {
+    return $this->marginTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The visible size of the image after cropping.
+   *
+   * @param Size $size
+   */
+  public function setSize(Size $size)
+  {
+    $this->size = $size;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Size
+   */
+  public function getSize()
+  {
+    return $this->size;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The title of the embedded object. The `title` and `description` are both
+   * combined to display alt text.
+   *
+   * @param string $title
+   */
+  public function setTitle($title)
+  {
+    $this->title = $title;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTitle()
+  {
+    return $this->title;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedObject::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedObject');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedObjectBorder.php

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedObjectBorder extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Unspecified dash style.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED = 'DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Solid line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'solid'.
+   * This is the default dash style.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_SOLID = 'SOLID';
+  /**
+   * Dotted line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'dot'.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DOT = 'DOT';
+  /**
+   * Dashed line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'dash'.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DASH = 'DASH';
+  /**
+   * If a property's state is RENDERED, then the element has the corresponding
+   * property when rendered in the document. This is the default value.
+   */
+  public const PROPERTY_STATE_RENDERED = 'RENDERED';
+  /**
+   * If a property's state is NOT_RENDERED, then the element does not have the
+   * corresponding property when rendered in the document.
+   */
+  public const PROPERTY_STATE_NOT_RENDERED = 'NOT_RENDERED';
+  protected $colorType = OptionalColor::class;
+  protected $colorDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The dash style of the border.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $dashStyle;
+  /**
+   * The property state of the border property.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $propertyState;
+  protected $widthType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $widthDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The color of the border.
+   *
+   * @param OptionalColor $color
+   */
+  public function setColor(OptionalColor $color)
+  {
+    $this->color = $color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return OptionalColor
+   */
+  public function getColor()
+  {
+    return $this->color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The dash style of the border.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED, SOLID, DOT, DASH
+   *
+   * @param self::DASH_STYLE_* $dashStyle
+   */
+  public function setDashStyle($dashStyle)
+  {
+    $this->dashStyle = $dashStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::DASH_STYLE_*
+   */
+  public function getDashStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->dashStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The property state of the border property.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: RENDERED, NOT_RENDERED
+   *
+   * @param self::PROPERTY_STATE_* $propertyState
+   */
+  public function setPropertyState($propertyState)
+  {
+    $this->propertyState = $propertyState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::PROPERTY_STATE_*
+   */
+  public function getPropertyState()
+  {
+    return $this->propertyState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The width of the border.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $width
+   */
+  public function setWidth(Dimension $width)
+  {
+    $this->width = $width;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getWidth()
+  {
+    return $this->width;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedObjectBorder::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedObjectBorder');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to color.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $colorSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to dash_style.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $dashStyleSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to property_state.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $propertyStateSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to width.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $widthSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to color.
+   *
+   * @param bool $colorSuggested
+   */
+  public function setColorSuggested($colorSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->colorSuggested = $colorSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getColorSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->colorSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to dash_style.
+   *
+   * @param bool $dashStyleSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDashStyleSuggested($dashStyleSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->dashStyleSuggested = $dashStyleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDashStyleSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->dashStyleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to property_state.
+   *
+   * @param bool $propertyStateSuggested
+   */
+  public function setPropertyStateSuggested($propertyStateSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->propertyStateSuggested = $propertyStateSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getPropertyStateSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->propertyStateSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to width.
+   *
+   * @param bool $widthSuggested
+   */
+  public function setWidthSuggested($widthSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->widthSuggested = $widthSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getWidthSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->widthSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to description.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $descriptionSuggested;
+  protected $embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionStateType = EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  protected $embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionStateType = EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  protected $imagePropertiesSuggestionStateType = ImagePropertiesSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $imagePropertiesSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  protected $linkedContentReferenceSuggestionStateType = LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $linkedContentReferenceSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_bottom.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginBottomSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_left.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginLeftSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_right.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginRightSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_top.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $marginTopSuggested;
+  protected $sizeSuggestionStateType = SizeSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $sizeSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to title.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $titleSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to description.
+   *
+   * @param bool $descriptionSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDescriptionSuggested($descriptionSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->descriptionSuggested = $descriptionSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDescriptionSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->descriptionSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in embedded_drawing_properties
+   * have been changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState $embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState(EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState $embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState = $embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedDrawingPropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in embedded_object_border have
+   * been changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState $embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState(EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState $embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState = $embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedObjectBorderSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in image_properties have been
+   * changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param ImagePropertiesSuggestionState $imagePropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setImagePropertiesSuggestionState(ImagePropertiesSuggestionState $imagePropertiesSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->imagePropertiesSuggestionState = $imagePropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ImagePropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getImagePropertiesSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->imagePropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in linked_content_reference have
+   * been changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState $linkedContentReferenceSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setLinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState(LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState $linkedContentReferenceSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->linkedContentReferenceSuggestionState = $linkedContentReferenceSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getLinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->linkedContentReferenceSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_bottom.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginBottomSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginBottomSuggested($marginBottomSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginBottomSuggested = $marginBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginBottomSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_left.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginLeftSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginLeftSuggested($marginLeftSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginLeftSuggested = $marginLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginLeftSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_right.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginRightSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginRightSuggested($marginRightSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginRightSuggested = $marginRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginRightSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to margin_top.
+   *
+   * @param bool $marginTopSuggested
+   */
+  public function setMarginTopSuggested($marginTopSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->marginTopSuggested = $marginTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getMarginTopSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->marginTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in size have been changed in this
+   * suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param SizeSuggestionState $sizeSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setSizeSuggestionState(SizeSuggestionState $sizeSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->sizeSuggestionState = $sizeSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SizeSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getSizeSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->sizeSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to title.
+   *
+   * @param bool $titleSuggested
+   */
+  public function setTitleSuggested($titleSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->titleSuggested = $titleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getTitleSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->titleSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/EndOfSegmentLocation.php

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class EndOfSegmentLocation extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header, footer or footnote the location is in. An empty
+   * segment ID signifies the document's body.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $segmentId;
+  /**
+   * The tab that the location is in. When omitted, the request is applied to
+   * the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If provided, must
+   * match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request applies to the
+   * singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If provided, the
+   * request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the request applies to
+   * the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header, footer or footnote the location is in. An empty
+   * segment ID signifies the document's body.
+   *
+   * @param string $segmentId
+   */
+  public function setSegmentId($segmentId)
+  {
+    $this->segmentId = $segmentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSegmentId()
+  {
+    return $this->segmentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The tab that the location is in. When omitted, the request is applied to
+   * the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If provided, must
+   * match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request applies to the
+   * singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If provided, the
+   * request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the request applies to
+   * the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EndOfSegmentLocation::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_EndOfSegmentLocation');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Equation.php

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Equation extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An Equation may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An Equation may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Equation::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Equation');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Footer.php

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Footer extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'content';
+  protected $contentType = StructuralElement::class;
+  protected $contentDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footerId;
+
+  /**
+   * The contents of the footer. The indexes for a footer's content begin at
+   * zero.
+   *
+   * @param StructuralElement[] $content
+   */
+  public function setContent($content)
+  {
+    $this->content = $content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return StructuralElement[]
+   */
+  public function getContent()
+  {
+    return $this->content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footer.
+   *
+   * @param string $footerId
+   */
+  public function setFooterId($footerId)
+  {
+    $this->footerId = $footerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFooterId()
+  {
+    return $this->footerId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Footer::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Footer');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Footnote.php

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Footnote extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'content';
+  protected $contentType = StructuralElement::class;
+  protected $contentDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footnote.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footnoteId;
+
+  /**
+   * The contents of the footnote. The indexes for a footnote's content begin at
+   * zero.
+   *
+   * @param StructuralElement[] $content
+   */
+  public function setContent($content)
+  {
+    $this->content = $content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return StructuralElement[]
+   */
+  public function getContent()
+  {
+    return $this->content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footnote.
+   *
+   * @param string $footnoteId
+   */
+  public function setFootnoteId($footnoteId)
+  {
+    $this->footnoteId = $footnoteId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFootnoteId()
+  {
+    return $this->footnoteId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Footnote::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Footnote');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/FootnoteReference.php

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class FootnoteReference extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footnote that contains the content of this footnote
+   * reference.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footnoteId;
+  /**
+   * The rendered number of this footnote.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $footnoteNumber;
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A FootnoteReference may have multiple
+   * insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not
+   * a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the footnote that contains the content of this footnote
+   * reference.
+   *
+   * @param string $footnoteId
+   */
+  public function setFootnoteId($footnoteId)
+  {
+    $this->footnoteId = $footnoteId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFootnoteId()
+  {
+    return $this->footnoteId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The rendered number of this footnote.
+   *
+   * @param string $footnoteNumber
+   */
+  public function setFootnoteNumber($footnoteNumber)
+  {
+    $this->footnoteNumber = $footnoteNumber;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFootnoteNumber()
+  {
+    return $this->footnoteNumber;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A FootnoteReference may have multiple
+   * insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not
+   * a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this FootnoteReference, keyed by
+   * suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this FootnoteReference.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(FootnoteReference::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_FootnoteReference');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Header.php

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Header extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'content';
+  protected $contentType = StructuralElement::class;
+  protected $contentDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $headerId;
+
+  /**
+   * The contents of the header. The indexes for a header's content begin at
+   * zero.
+   *
+   * @param StructuralElement[] $content
+   */
+  public function setContent($content)
+  {
+    $this->content = $content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return StructuralElement[]
+   */
+  public function getContent()
+  {
+    return $this->content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header.
+   *
+   * @param string $headerId
+   */
+  public function setHeaderId($headerId)
+  {
+    $this->headerId = $headerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeaderId()
+  {
+    return $this->headerId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Header::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Header');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/HeadingLink.php

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class HeadingLink extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of a heading in this document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $id;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab containing this heading.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of a heading in this document.
+   *
+   * @param string $id
+   */
+  public function setId($id)
+  {
+    $this->id = $id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getId()
+  {
+    return $this->id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the tab containing this heading.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(HeadingLink::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_HeadingLink');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/HorizontalRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class HorizontalRule extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A HorizontalRule may have multiple insertion
+   * IDs if it is a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a
+   * suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A HorizontalRule may have multiple insertion
+   * IDs if it is a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a
+   * suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this HorizontalRule, keyed by
+   * suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this HorizontalRule. Similar to text content, like text
+   * runs and footnote references, the text style of a horizontal rule can
+   * affect content layout as well as the styling of text inserted next to it.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(HorizontalRule::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_HorizontalRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ImageProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ImageProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The clockwise rotation angle of the image, in radians.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $angle;
+  /**
+   * The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $brightness;
+  /**
+   * A URI to the image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URI is
+   * tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URI effectively
+   * accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be
+   * lost if the document's sharing settings change.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $contentUri;
+  /**
+   * The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $contrast;
+  protected $cropPropertiesType = CropProperties::class;
+  protected $cropPropertiesDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The source URI is the URI used to insert the image. The source URI can be
+   * empty.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $sourceUri;
+  /**
+   * The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means transparent.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $transparency;
+
+  /**
+   * The clockwise rotation angle of the image, in radians.
+   *
+   * @param float $angle
+   */
+  public function setAngle($angle)
+  {
+    $this->angle = $angle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getAngle()
+  {
+    return $this->angle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect.
+   *
+   * @param float $brightness
+   */
+  public function setBrightness($brightness)
+  {
+    $this->brightness = $brightness;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getBrightness()
+  {
+    return $this->brightness;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A URI to the image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URI is
+   * tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URI effectively
+   * accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be
+   * lost if the document's sharing settings change.
+   *
+   * @param string $contentUri
+   */
+  public function setContentUri($contentUri)
+  {
+    $this->contentUri = $contentUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getContentUri()
+  {
+    return $this->contentUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect.
+   *
+   * @param float $contrast
+   */
+  public function setContrast($contrast)
+  {
+    $this->contrast = $contrast;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getContrast()
+  {
+    return $this->contrast;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The crop properties of the image.
+   *
+   * @param CropProperties $cropProperties
+   */
+  public function setCropProperties(CropProperties $cropProperties)
+  {
+    $this->cropProperties = $cropProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CropProperties
+   */
+  public function getCropProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->cropProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source URI is the URI used to insert the image. The source URI can be
+   * empty.
+   *
+   * @param string $sourceUri
+   */
+  public function setSourceUri($sourceUri)
+  {
+    $this->sourceUri = $sourceUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSourceUri()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval
+   * [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means transparent.
+   *
+   * @param float $transparency
+   */
+  public function setTransparency($transparency)
+  {
+    $this->transparency = $transparency;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getTransparency()
+  {
+    return $this->transparency;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ImageProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ImageProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ImagePropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ImagePropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to angle.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $angleSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to brightness.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $brightnessSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to content_uri.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $contentUriSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to contrast.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $contrastSuggested;
+  protected $cropPropertiesSuggestionStateType = CropPropertiesSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $cropPropertiesSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to source_uri.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $sourceUriSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to transparency.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $transparencySuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to angle.
+   *
+   * @param bool $angleSuggested
+   */
+  public function setAngleSuggested($angleSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->angleSuggested = $angleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAngleSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->angleSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to brightness.
+   *
+   * @param bool $brightnessSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBrightnessSuggested($brightnessSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->brightnessSuggested = $brightnessSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBrightnessSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->brightnessSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to content_uri.
+   *
+   * @param bool $contentUriSuggested
+   */
+  public function setContentUriSuggested($contentUriSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->contentUriSuggested = $contentUriSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getContentUriSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->contentUriSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to contrast.
+   *
+   * @param bool $contrastSuggested
+   */
+  public function setContrastSuggested($contrastSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->contrastSuggested = $contrastSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getContrastSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->contrastSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in crop_properties have been
+   * changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param CropPropertiesSuggestionState $cropPropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setCropPropertiesSuggestionState(CropPropertiesSuggestionState $cropPropertiesSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->cropPropertiesSuggestionState = $cropPropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CropPropertiesSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getCropPropertiesSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->cropPropertiesSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to source_uri.
+   *
+   * @param bool $sourceUriSuggested
+   */
+  public function setSourceUriSuggested($sourceUriSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->sourceUriSuggested = $sourceUriSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getSourceUriSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceUriSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to transparency.
+   *
+   * @param bool $transparencySuggested
+   */
+  public function setTransparencySuggested($transparencySuggested)
+  {
+    $this->transparencySuggested = $transparencySuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getTransparencySuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->transparencySuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ImagePropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ImagePropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InlineObject.php

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InlineObject extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedDeletionIds';
+  protected $inlineObjectPropertiesType = InlineObjectProperties::class;
+  protected $inlineObjectPropertiesDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The ID of this inline object. Can be used to update an object’s properties.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $objectId;
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  protected $suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChangesType = SuggestedInlineObjectProperties::class;
+  protected $suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChangesDataType = 'map';
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion ID. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionId;
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of this inline object.
+   *
+   * @param InlineObjectProperties $inlineObjectProperties
+   */
+  public function setInlineObjectProperties(InlineObjectProperties $inlineObjectProperties)
+  {
+    $this->inlineObjectProperties = $inlineObjectProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return InlineObjectProperties
+   */
+  public function getInlineObjectProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->inlineObjectProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of this inline object. Can be used to update an object’s properties.
+   *
+   * @param string $objectId
+   */
+  public function setObjectId($objectId)
+  {
+    $this->objectId = $objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getObjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to the inline object properties, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedInlineObjectProperties[] $suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges($suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges = $suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedInlineObjectProperties[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInlineObjectPropertiesChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion ID. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string $suggestedInsertionId
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionId($suggestedInsertionId)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionId = $suggestedInsertionId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionId()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InlineObject::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InlineObject');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InlineObjectElement.php

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InlineObjectElement extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The ID of the InlineObject this element contains.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $inlineObjectId;
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An InlineObjectElement may have multiple
+   * insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not
+   * a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the InlineObject this element contains.
+   *
+   * @param string $inlineObjectId
+   */
+  public function setInlineObjectId($inlineObjectId)
+  {
+    $this->inlineObjectId = $inlineObjectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getInlineObjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->inlineObjectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. An InlineObjectElement may have multiple
+   * insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not
+   * a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this InlineObject, keyed by suggestion
+   * ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this InlineObjectElement. Similar to text content, like
+   * text runs and footnote references, the text style of an inline object
+   * element can affect content layout as well as the styling of text inserted
+   * next to it.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InlineObjectElement::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InlineObjectElement');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InlineObjectProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InlineObjectProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $embeddedObjectType = EmbeddedObject::class;
+  protected $embeddedObjectDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The embedded object of this inline object.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedObject $embeddedObject
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedObject(EmbeddedObject $embeddedObject)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedObject = $embeddedObject;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedObject
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedObject()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedObject;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InlineObjectProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InlineObjectProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InlineObjectPropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InlineObjectPropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $embeddedObjectSuggestionStateType = EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $embeddedObjectSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in embedded_object have been
+   * changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState $embeddedObjectSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setEmbeddedObjectSuggestionState(EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState $embeddedObjectSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->embeddedObjectSuggestionState = $embeddedObjectSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EmbeddedObjectSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getEmbeddedObjectSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->embeddedObjectSuggestionState;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InlineObjectPropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InlineObjectPropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertDateRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertDateRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $dateElementPropertiesType = DateElementProperties::class;
+  protected $dateElementPropertiesDataType = '';
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The properties of the date to insert.
+   *
+   * @param DateElementProperties $dateElementProperties
+   */
+  public function setDateElementProperties(DateElementProperties $dateElementProperties)
+  {
+    $this->dateElementProperties = $dateElementProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DateElementProperties
+   */
+  public function getDateElementProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->dateElementProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the date at the end of the given header, footer or document body.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the date at a specific index in the document. The date must be
+   * inserted inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance, it
+   * cannot be inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between an existing table
+   * and its preceding paragraph).
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertDateRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertDateRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertInlineImageRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertInlineImageRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  protected $objectSizeType = Size::class;
+  protected $objectSizeDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The image URI. The image is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is
+   * stored for display inside the document. Images must be less than 50MB in
+   * size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF
+   * format. The provided URI must be publicly accessible and at most 2 kB in
+   * length. The URI itself is saved with the image, and exposed via the
+   * ImageProperties.content_uri field.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $uri;
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the text at the end of a header, footer or the document body.
+   * Inline images cannot be inserted inside a footnote.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the image at a specific index in the document. The image must be
+   * inserted inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance, it
+   * cannot be inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between the table and its
+   * preceding paragraph). Inline images cannot be inserted inside a footnote or
+   * equation.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The size that the image should appear as in the document. This property is
+   * optional and the final size of the image in the document is determined by
+   * the following rules: * If neither width nor height is specified, then a
+   * default size of the image is calculated based on its resolution. * If one
+   * dimension is specified then the other dimension is calculated to preserve
+   * the aspect ratio of the image. * If both width and height are specified,
+   * the image is scaled to fit within the provided dimensions while maintaining
+   * its aspect ratio.
+   *
+   * @param Size $objectSize
+   */
+  public function setObjectSize(Size $objectSize)
+  {
+    $this->objectSize = $objectSize;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Size
+   */
+  public function getObjectSize()
+  {
+    return $this->objectSize;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The image URI. The image is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is
+   * stored for display inside the document. Images must be less than 50MB in
+   * size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF
+   * format. The provided URI must be publicly accessible and at most 2 kB in
+   * length. The URI itself is saved with the image, and exposed via the
+   * ImageProperties.content_uri field.
+   *
+   * @param string $uri
+   */
+  public function setUri($uri)
+  {
+    $this->uri = $uri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getUri()
+  {
+    return $this->uri;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertInlineImageRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertInlineImageRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertInlineImageResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertInlineImageResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created InlineObject.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $objectId;
+
+  /**
+   * The ID of the created InlineObject.
+   *
+   * @param string $objectId
+   */
+  public function setObjectId($objectId)
+  {
+    $this->objectId = $objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getObjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->objectId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertInlineImageResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertInlineImageResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertInlineSheetsChartResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertInlineSheetsChartResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The object ID of the inserted chart.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $objectId;
+
+  /**
+   * The object ID of the inserted chart.
+   *
+   * @param string $objectId
+   */
+  public function setObjectId($objectId)
+  {
+    $this->objectId = $objectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getObjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->objectId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertInlineSheetsChartResponse::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertInlineSheetsChartResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertPageBreakRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertPageBreakRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the page break at the end of the document body. Page breaks cannot
+   * be inserted inside a footnote, header or footer. Since page breaks can only
+   * be inserted inside the body, the segment ID field must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the page break at a specific index in the document. The page break
+   * must be inserted inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance,
+   * it cannot be inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between the table and
+   * its preceding paragraph). Page breaks cannot be inserted inside a table,
+   * equation, footnote, header or footer. Since page breaks can only be
+   * inserted inside the body, the segment ID field must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertPageBreakRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertPageBreakRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertPersonRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertPersonRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  protected $personPropertiesType = PersonProperties::class;
+  protected $personPropertiesDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the person mention at the end of a header, footer, footnote or the
+   * document body.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the person mention at a specific index in the document. The person
+   * mention must be inserted inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For
+   * instance, it cannot be inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between the
+   * table and its preceding paragraph). Person mentions cannot be inserted
+   * inside an equation.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The properties of the person mention to insert.
+   *
+   * @param PersonProperties $personProperties
+   */
+  public function setPersonProperties(PersonProperties $personProperties)
+  {
+    $this->personProperties = $personProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PersonProperties
+   */
+  public function getPersonProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->personProperties;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertPersonRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertPersonRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertRichLinkRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertRichLinkRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  protected $richLinkPropertiesType = RichLinkProperties::class;
+  protected $richLinkPropertiesDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the rich link at the end of a header, footer, footnote or the
+   * document body.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the rich link at a specific index in the document. The rich link
+   * must be inserted inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance,
+   * it cannot be inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between the table and
+   * its preceding paragraph). The rich link cannot be inserted inside an
+   * equation.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The properties of the rich link to insert.
+   *
+   * @param RichLinkProperties $richLinkProperties
+   */
+  public function setRichLinkProperties(RichLinkProperties $richLinkProperties)
+  {
+    $this->richLinkProperties = $richLinkProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return RichLinkProperties
+   */
+  public function getRichLinkProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->richLinkProperties;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertRichLinkRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertRichLinkRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertSectionBreakRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertSectionBreakRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The section type is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const SECTION_TYPE_SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The section starts immediately after the last paragraph of the previous
+   * section.
+   */
+  public const SECTION_TYPE_CONTINUOUS = 'CONTINUOUS';
+  /**
+   * The section starts on the next page.
+   */
+  public const SECTION_TYPE_NEXT_PAGE = 'NEXT_PAGE';
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The type of section to insert.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $sectionType;
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a newline and a section break at the end of the document body.
+   * Section breaks cannot be inserted inside a footnote, header or footer.
+   * Because section breaks can only be inserted inside the body, the segment ID
+   * field must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts a newline and a section break at a specific index in the document.
+   * The section break must be inserted inside the bounds of an existing
+   * Paragraph. For instance, it cannot be inserted at a table's start index
+   * (i.e. between the table and its preceding paragraph). Section breaks cannot
+   * be inserted inside a table, equation, footnote, header, or footer. Since
+   * section breaks can only be inserted inside the body, the segment ID field
+   * must be empty.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of section to insert.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, CONTINUOUS, NEXT_PAGE
+   *
+   * @param self::SECTION_TYPE_* $sectionType
+   */
+  public function setSectionType($sectionType)
+  {
+    $this->sectionType = $sectionType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SECTION_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getSectionType()
+  {
+    return $this->sectionType;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertSectionBreakRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertSectionBreakRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertTableColumnRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertTableColumnRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Whether to insert new column to the right of the reference cell location. -
+   * `True`: insert to the right. - `False`: insert to the left.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $insertRight;
+  protected $tableCellLocationType = TableCellLocation::class;
+  protected $tableCellLocationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Whether to insert new column to the right of the reference cell location. -
+   * `True`: insert to the right. - `False`: insert to the left.
+   *
+   * @param bool $insertRight
+   */
+  public function setInsertRight($insertRight)
+  {
+    $this->insertRight = $insertRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getInsertRight()
+  {
+    return $this->insertRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The reference table cell location from which columns will be inserted. A
+   * new column will be inserted to the left (or right) of the column where the
+   * reference cell is. If the reference cell is a merged cell, a new column
+   * will be inserted to the left (or right) of the merged cell.
+   *
+   * @param TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function setTableCellLocation(TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation)
+  {
+    $this->tableCellLocation = $tableCellLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function getTableCellLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->tableCellLocation;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertTableColumnRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertTableColumnRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertTableRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertTableRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The number of columns in the table.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $columns;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The number of rows in the table.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $rows;
+
+  /**
+   * The number of columns in the table.
+   *
+   * @param int $columns
+   */
+  public function setColumns($columns)
+  {
+    $this->columns = $columns;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getColumns()
+  {
+    return $this->columns;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the table at the end of the given header, footer or document body.
+   * A newline character will be inserted before the inserted table. Tables
+   * cannot be inserted inside a footnote.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the table at a specific model index. A newline character will be
+   * inserted before the inserted table, therefore the table start index will be
+   * at the specified location index + 1. The table must be inserted inside the
+   * bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance, it cannot be inserted at a
+   * table's start index (i.e. between an existing table and its preceding
+   * paragraph). Tables cannot be inserted inside a footnote or equation.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The number of rows in the table.
+   *
+   * @param int $rows
+   */
+  public function setRows($rows)
+  {
+    $this->rows = $rows;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getRows()
+  {
+    return $this->rows;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertTableRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertTableRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertTableRowRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertTableRowRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Whether to insert new row below the reference cell location. - `True`:
+   * insert below the cell. - `False`: insert above the cell.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $insertBelow;
+  protected $tableCellLocationType = TableCellLocation::class;
+  protected $tableCellLocationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Whether to insert new row below the reference cell location. - `True`:
+   * insert below the cell. - `False`: insert above the cell.
+   *
+   * @param bool $insertBelow
+   */
+  public function setInsertBelow($insertBelow)
+  {
+    $this->insertBelow = $insertBelow;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getInsertBelow()
+  {
+    return $this->insertBelow;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The reference table cell location from which rows will be inserted. A new
+   * row will be inserted above (or below) the row where the reference cell is.
+   * If the reference cell is a merged cell, a new row will be inserted above
+   * (or below) the merged cell.
+   *
+   * @param TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function setTableCellLocation(TableCellLocation $tableCellLocation)
+  {
+    $this->tableCellLocation = $tableCellLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TableCellLocation
+   */
+  public function getTableCellLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->tableCellLocation;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertTableRowRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertTableRowRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/InsertTextRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class InsertTextRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationType = EndOfSegmentLocation::class;
+  protected $endOfSegmentLocationDataType = '';
+  protected $locationType = Location::class;
+  protected $locationDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The text to be inserted. Inserting a newline character will implicitly
+   * create a new Paragraph at that index. The paragraph style of the new
+   * paragraph will be copied from the paragraph at the current insertion index,
+   * including lists and bullets. Text styles for inserted text will be
+   * determined automatically, generally preserving the styling of neighboring
+   * text. In most cases, the text style for the inserted text will match the
+   * text immediately before the insertion index. Some control characters
+   * (U+0000-U+0008, U+000C-U+001F) and characters from the Unicode Basic
+   * Multilingual Plane Private Use Area (U+E000-U+F8FF) will be stripped out of
+   * the inserted text.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $text;
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts the text at the end of a header, footer, footnote or the document
+   * body.
+   *
+   * @param EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function setEndOfSegmentLocation(EndOfSegmentLocation $endOfSegmentLocation)
+  {
+    $this->endOfSegmentLocation = $endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EndOfSegmentLocation
+   */
+  public function getEndOfSegmentLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->endOfSegmentLocation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Inserts the text at a specific index in the document. Text must be inserted
+   * inside the bounds of an existing Paragraph. For instance, text cannot be
+   * inserted at a table's start index (i.e. between the table and its preceding
+   * paragraph). The text must be inserted in the preceding paragraph.
+   *
+   * @param Location $location
+   */
+  public function setLocation(Location $location)
+  {
+    $this->location = $location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Location
+   */
+  public function getLocation()
+  {
+    return $this->location;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text to be inserted. Inserting a newline character will implicitly
+   * create a new Paragraph at that index. The paragraph style of the new
+   * paragraph will be copied from the paragraph at the current insertion index,
+   * including lists and bullets. Text styles for inserted text will be
+   * determined automatically, generally preserving the styling of neighboring
+   * text. In most cases, the text style for the inserted text will match the
+   * text immediately before the insertion index. Some control characters
+   * (U+0000-U+0008, U+000C-U+001F) and characters from the Unicode Basic
+   * Multilingual Plane Private Use Area (U+E000-U+F8FF) will be stripped out of
+   * the inserted text.
+   *
+   * @param string $text
+   */
+  public function setText($text)
+  {
+    $this->text = $text;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getText()
+  {
+    return $this->text;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(InsertTextRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_InsertTextRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Link.php

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Link extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $bookmarkType = BookmarkLink::class;
+  protected $bookmarkDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The ID of a bookmark in this document. Legacy field: Instead, set
+   * includeTabsContent to `true` and use Link.bookmark for read and write
+   * operations. This field is only returned when includeTabsContent is set to
+   * `false` in documents containing a single tab and links to a bookmark within
+   * the singular tab. Otherwise, Link.bookmark is returned. If this field is
+   * used in a write request, the bookmark is considered to be from the tab ID
+   * specified in the request. If a tab ID is not specified in the request, it
+   * is considered to be from the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $bookmarkId;
+  protected $headingType = HeadingLink::class;
+  protected $headingDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The ID of a heading in this document. Legacy field: Instead, set
+   * includeTabsContent to `true` and use Link.heading for read and write
+   * operations. This field is only returned when includeTabsContent is set to
+   * `false` in documents containing a single tab and links to a heading within
+   * the singular tab. Otherwise, Link.heading is returned. If this field is
+   * used in a write request, the heading is considered to be from the tab ID
+   * specified in the request. If a tab ID is not specified in the request, it
+   * is considered to be from the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $headingId;
+  /**
+   * The ID of a tab in this document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+  /**
+   * An external URL.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $url;
+
+  /**
+   * A bookmark in this document. In documents containing a single tab, links to
+   * bookmarks within the singular tab continue to return Link.bookmarkId when
+   * the includeTabsContent parameter is set to `false` or unset. Otherwise,
+   * this field is returned.
+   *
+   * @param BookmarkLink $bookmark
+   */
+  public function setBookmark(BookmarkLink $bookmark)
+  {
+    $this->bookmark = $bookmark;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BookmarkLink
+   */
+  public function getBookmark()
+  {
+    return $this->bookmark;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of a bookmark in this document. Legacy field: Instead, set
+   * includeTabsContent to `true` and use Link.bookmark for read and write
+   * operations. This field is only returned when includeTabsContent is set to
+   * `false` in documents containing a single tab and links to a bookmark within
+   * the singular tab. Otherwise, Link.bookmark is returned. If this field is
+   * used in a write request, the bookmark is considered to be from the tab ID
+   * specified in the request. If a tab ID is not specified in the request, it
+   * is considered to be from the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $bookmarkId
+   */
+  public function setBookmarkId($bookmarkId)
+  {
+    $this->bookmarkId = $bookmarkId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getBookmarkId()
+  {
+    return $this->bookmarkId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A heading in this document. In documents containing a single tab, links to
+   * headings within the singular tab continue to return Link.headingId when the
+   * includeTabsContent parameter is set to `false` or unset. Otherwise, this
+   * field is returned.
+   *
+   * @param HeadingLink $heading
+   */
+  public function setHeading(HeadingLink $heading)
+  {
+    $this->heading = $heading;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return HeadingLink
+   */
+  public function getHeading()
+  {
+    return $this->heading;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of a heading in this document. Legacy field: Instead, set
+   * includeTabsContent to `true` and use Link.heading for read and write
+   * operations. This field is only returned when includeTabsContent is set to
+   * `false` in documents containing a single tab and links to a heading within
+   * the singular tab. Otherwise, Link.heading is returned. If this field is
+   * used in a write request, the heading is considered to be from the tab ID
+   * specified in the request. If a tab ID is not specified in the request, it
+   * is considered to be from the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $headingId
+   */
+  public function setHeadingId($headingId)
+  {
+    $this->headingId = $headingId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeadingId()
+  {
+    return $this->headingId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of a tab in this document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * An external URL.
+   *
+   * @param string $url
+   */
+  public function setUrl($url)
+  {
+    $this->url = $url;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->url;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Link::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Link');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/LinkedContentReference.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class LinkedContentReference extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $sheetsChartReferenceType = SheetsChartReference::class;
+  protected $sheetsChartReferenceDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * A reference to the linked chart.
+   *
+   * @param SheetsChartReference $sheetsChartReference
+   */
+  public function setSheetsChartReference(SheetsChartReference $sheetsChartReference)
+  {
+    $this->sheetsChartReference = $sheetsChartReference;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SheetsChartReference
+   */
+  public function getSheetsChartReference()
+  {
+    return $this->sheetsChartReference;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LinkedContentReference::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_LinkedContentReference');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionStateType = SheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in sheets_chart_reference have
+   * been changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param SheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState $sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setSheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState(SheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState $sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState = $sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getSheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->sheetsChartReferenceSuggestionState;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_LinkedContentReferenceSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ListProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ListProperties extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'nestingLevels';
+  protected $nestingLevelsType = NestingLevel::class;
+  protected $nestingLevelsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Describes the properties of the bullets at the associated level. A list has
+   * at most 9 levels of nesting with nesting level 0 corresponding to the top-
+   * most level and nesting level 8 corresponding to the most nested level. The
+   * nesting levels are returned in ascending order with the least nested
+   * returned first.
+   *
+   * @param NestingLevel[] $nestingLevels
+   */
+  public function setNestingLevels($nestingLevels)
+  {
+    $this->nestingLevels = $nestingLevels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NestingLevel[]
+   */
+  public function getNestingLevels()
+  {
+    return $this->nestingLevels;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ListProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ListProperties');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ListPropertiesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ListPropertiesSuggestionState extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'nestingLevelsSuggestionStates';
+  protected $nestingLevelsSuggestionStatesType = NestingLevelSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $nestingLevelsSuggestionStatesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields on the corresponding NestingLevel
+   * in nesting_levels have been changed in this suggestion. The nesting level
+   * suggestion states are returned in ascending order of the nesting level with
+   * the least nested returned first.
+   *
+   * @param NestingLevelSuggestionState[] $nestingLevelsSuggestionStates
+   */
+  public function setNestingLevelsSuggestionStates($nestingLevelsSuggestionStates)
+  {
+    $this->nestingLevelsSuggestionStates = $nestingLevelsSuggestionStates;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NestingLevelSuggestionState[]
+   */
+  public function getNestingLevelsSuggestionStates()
+  {
+    return $this->nestingLevelsSuggestionStates;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ListPropertiesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ListPropertiesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Location.php

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Location extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The zero-based index, in UTF-16 code units. The index is relative to the
+   * beginning of the segment specified by segment_id.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $index;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header, footer or footnote the location is in. An empty
+   * segment ID signifies the document's body.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $segmentId;
+  /**
+   * The tab that the location is in. When omitted, the request is applied to
+   * the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If provided, must
+   * match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request applies to the
+   * singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If provided, the
+   * request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the request applies to
+   * the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tabId;
+
+  /**
+   * The zero-based index, in UTF-16 code units. The index is relative to the
+   * beginning of the segment specified by segment_id.
+   *
+   * @param int $index
+   */
+  public function setIndex($index)
+  {
+    $this->index = $index;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getIndex()
+  {
+    return $this->index;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the header, footer or footnote the location is in. An empty
+   * segment ID signifies the document's body.
+   *
+   * @param string $segmentId
+   */
+  public function setSegmentId($segmentId)
+  {
+    $this->segmentId = $segmentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSegmentId()
+  {
+    return $this->segmentId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The tab that the location is in. When omitted, the request is applied to
+   * the first tab. In a document containing a single tab: - If provided, must
+   * match the singular tab's ID. - If omitted, the request applies to the
+   * singular tab. In a document containing multiple tabs: - If provided, the
+   * request applies to the specified tab. - If omitted, the request applies to
+   * the first tab in the document.
+   *
+   * @param string $tabId
+   */
+  public function setTabId($tabId)
+  {
+    $this->tabId = $tabId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTabId()
+  {
+    return $this->tabId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Location::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Location');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/MergeTableCellsRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class MergeTableCellsRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $tableRangeType = TableRange::class;
+  protected $tableRangeDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The table range specifying which cells of the table to merge. Any text in
+   * the cells being merged will be concatenated and stored in the "head" cell
+   * of the range. This is the upper-left cell of the range when the content
+   * direction is left to right, and the upper-right cell of the range
+   * otherwise. If the range is non-rectangular (which can occur in some cases
+   * where the range covers cells that are already merged or where the table is
+   * non-rectangular), a 400 bad request error is returned.
+   *
+   * @param TableRange $tableRange
+   */
+  public function setTableRange(TableRange $tableRange)
+  {
+    $this->tableRange = $tableRange;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TableRange
+   */
+  public function getTableRange()
+  {
+    return $this->tableRange;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MergeTableCellsRequest::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_MergeTableCellsRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedRange.php

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedRange extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'ranges';
+  /**
+   * The name of the named range.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The ID of the named range.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedRangeId;
+  protected $rangesType = Range::class;
+  protected $rangesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The name of the named range.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ID of the named range.
+   *
+   * @param string $namedRangeId
+   */
+  public function setNamedRangeId($namedRangeId)
+  {
+    $this->namedRangeId = $namedRangeId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNamedRangeId()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRangeId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The ranges that belong to this named range.
+   *
+   * @param Range[] $ranges
+   */
+  public function setRanges($ranges)
+  {
+    $this->ranges = $ranges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Range[]
+   */
+  public function getRanges()
+  {
+    return $this->ranges;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedRange::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedRange');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedRanges.php

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedRanges extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'namedRanges';
+  /**
+   * The name that all the named ranges share.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $namedRangesType = NamedRange::class;
+  protected $namedRangesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The name that all the named ranges share.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The NamedRanges that share the same name.
+   *
+   * @param NamedRange[] $namedRanges
+   */
+  public function setNamedRanges($namedRanges)
+  {
+    $this->namedRanges = $namedRanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedRange[]
+   */
+  public function getNamedRanges()
+  {
+    return $this->namedRanges;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedRanges::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedRanges');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedStyle.php

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedStyle extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The type of named style is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Normal text.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NORMAL_TEXT = 'NORMAL_TEXT';
+  /**
+   * Title.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_TITLE = 'TITLE';
+  /**
+   * Subtitle.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_SUBTITLE = 'SUBTITLE';
+  /**
+   * Heading 1.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_1 = 'HEADING_1';
+  /**
+   * Heading 2.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_2 = 'HEADING_2';
+  /**
+   * Heading 3.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_3 = 'HEADING_3';
+  /**
+   * Heading 4.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_4 = 'HEADING_4';
+  /**
+   * Heading 5.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_5 = 'HEADING_5';
+  /**
+   * Heading 6.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_6 = 'HEADING_6';
+  /**
+   * The type of this named style.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedStyleType;
+  protected $paragraphStyleType = ParagraphStyle::class;
+  protected $paragraphStyleDataType = '';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The type of this named style.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, NORMAL_TEXT, TITLE,
+   * SUBTITLE, HEADING_1, HEADING_2, HEADING_3, HEADING_4, HEADING_5, HEADING_6
+   *
+   * @param self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_* $namedStyleType
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyleType($namedStyleType)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyleType = $namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyleType()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The paragraph style of this named style.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphStyle $paragraphStyle
+   */
+  public function setParagraphStyle(ParagraphStyle $paragraphStyle)
+  {
+    $this->paragraphStyle = $paragraphStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphStyle
+   */
+  public function getParagraphStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->paragraphStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this named style.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedStyle::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedStyle');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedStyleSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedStyleSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The type of named style is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Normal text.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NORMAL_TEXT = 'NORMAL_TEXT';
+  /**
+   * Title.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_TITLE = 'TITLE';
+  /**
+   * Subtitle.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_SUBTITLE = 'SUBTITLE';
+  /**
+   * Heading 1.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_1 = 'HEADING_1';
+  /**
+   * Heading 2.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_2 = 'HEADING_2';
+  /**
+   * Heading 3.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_3 = 'HEADING_3';
+  /**
+   * Heading 4.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_4 = 'HEADING_4';
+  /**
+   * Heading 5.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_5 = 'HEADING_5';
+  /**
+   * Heading 6.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_6 = 'HEADING_6';
+  /**
+   * The named style type that this suggestion state corresponds to. This field
+   * is provided as a convenience for matching the NamedStyleSuggestionState
+   * with its corresponding NamedStyle.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedStyleType;
+  protected $paragraphStyleSuggestionStateType = ParagraphStyleSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $paragraphStyleSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateType = TextStyleSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The named style type that this suggestion state corresponds to. This field
+   * is provided as a convenience for matching the NamedStyleSuggestionState
+   * with its corresponding NamedStyle.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, NORMAL_TEXT, TITLE,
+   * SUBTITLE, HEADING_1, HEADING_2, HEADING_3, HEADING_4, HEADING_5, HEADING_6
+   *
+   * @param self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_* $namedStyleType
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyleType($namedStyleType)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyleType = $namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyleType()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in paragraph style have been
+   * changed in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphStyleSuggestionState $paragraphStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setParagraphStyleSuggestionState(ParagraphStyleSuggestionState $paragraphStyleSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->paragraphStyleSuggestionState = $paragraphStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getParagraphStyleSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->paragraphStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in text style have been changed
+   * in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setTextStyleSuggestionState(TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->textStyleSuggestionState = $textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getTextStyleSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedStyleSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedStyleSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedStyles.php

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedStyles extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'styles';
+  protected $stylesType = NamedStyle::class;
+  protected $stylesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The named styles. There's an entry for each of the possible named style
+   * types.
+   *
+   * @param NamedStyle[] $styles
+   */
+  public function setStyles($styles)
+  {
+    $this->styles = $styles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getStyles()
+  {
+    return $this->styles;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedStyles::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedStyles');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NamedStylesSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NamedStylesSuggestionState extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'stylesSuggestionStates';
+  protected $stylesSuggestionStatesType = NamedStyleSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $stylesSuggestionStatesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields on the corresponding NamedStyle
+   * in styles have been changed in this suggestion. The order of these named
+   * style suggestion states matches the order of the corresponding named style
+   * within the named styles suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param NamedStyleSuggestionState[] $stylesSuggestionStates
+   */
+  public function setStylesSuggestionStates($stylesSuggestionStates)
+  {
+    $this->stylesSuggestionStates = $stylesSuggestionStates;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NamedStyleSuggestionState[]
+   */
+  public function getStylesSuggestionStates()
+  {
+    return $this->stylesSuggestionStates;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NamedStylesSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NamedStylesSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NestingLevel.php

@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NestingLevel extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The bullet alignment is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_ALIGNMENT_BULLET_ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED = 'BULLET_ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The bullet is aligned to the start of the space allotted for rendering the
+   * bullet. Left-aligned for LTR text, right-aligned otherwise.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_ALIGNMENT_START = 'START';
+  /**
+   * The bullet is aligned to the center of the space allotted for rendering the
+   * bullet.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_ALIGNMENT_CENTER = 'CENTER';
+  /**
+   * The bullet is aligned to the end of the space allotted for rendering the
+   * bullet. Right-aligned for LTR text, left-aligned otherwise.
+   */
+  public const BULLET_ALIGNMENT_END = 'END';
+  /**
+   * The glyph type is unspecified or unsupported.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_GLYPH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'GLYPH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * An empty string.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_NONE = 'NONE';
+  /**
+   * A number, like `1`, `2`, or `3`.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_DECIMAL = 'DECIMAL';
+  /**
+   * A number where single digit numbers are prefixed with a zero, like `01`,
+   * `02`, or `03`. Numbers with more than one digit are not prefixed with a
+   * zero.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_ZERO_DECIMAL = 'ZERO_DECIMAL';
+  /**
+   * An uppercase letter, like `A`, `B`, or `C`.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_UPPER_ALPHA = 'UPPER_ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * A lowercase letter, like `a`, `b`, or `c`.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_ALPHA = 'ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * An uppercase Roman numeral, like `I`, `II`, or `III`.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_UPPER_ROMAN = 'UPPER_ROMAN';
+  /**
+   * A lowercase Roman numeral, like `i`, `ii`, or `iii`.
+   */
+  public const GLYPH_TYPE_ROMAN = 'ROMAN';
+  /**
+   * The alignment of the bullet within the space allotted for rendering the
+   * bullet.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $bulletAlignment;
+  /**
+   * The format string used by bullets at this level of nesting. The glyph
+   * format contains one or more placeholders, and these placeholders are
+   * replaced with the appropriate values depending on the glyph_type or
+   * glyph_symbol. The placeholders follow the pattern `%[nesting_level]`.
+   * Furthermore, placeholders can have prefixes and suffixes. Thus, the glyph
+   * format follows the pattern `%[nesting_level]`. Note that the prefix and
+   * suffix are optional and can be arbitrary strings. For example, the glyph
+   * format `%0.` indicates that the rendered glyph will replace the placeholder
+   * with the corresponding glyph for nesting level 0 followed by a period as
+   * the suffix. So a list with a glyph type of UPPER_ALPHA and glyph format
+   * `%0.` at nesting level 0 will result in a list with rendered glyphs `A.`
+   * `B.` `C.` The glyph format can contain placeholders for the current nesting
+   * level as well as placeholders for parent nesting levels. For example, a
+   * list can have a glyph format of `%0.` at nesting level 0 and a glyph format
+   * of `%0.%1.` at nesting level 1. Assuming both nesting levels have DECIMAL
+   * glyph types, this would result in a list with rendered glyphs `1.` `2.` `
+   * 2.1.` ` 2.2.` `3.` For nesting levels that are ordered, the string that
+   * replaces a placeholder in the glyph format for a particular paragraph
+   * depends on the paragraph's order within the list.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $glyphFormat;
+  /**
+   * A custom glyph symbol used by bullets when paragraphs at this level of
+   * nesting is unordered. The glyph symbol replaces placeholders within the
+   * glyph_format. For example, if the glyph_symbol is the solid circle
+   * corresponding to Unicode U+25cf code point and the glyph_format is `%0`,
+   * the rendered glyph would be the solid circle.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $glyphSymbol;
+  /**
+   * The type of glyph used by bullets when paragraphs at this level of nesting
+   * is ordered. The glyph type determines the type of glyph used to replace
+   * placeholders within the glyph_format when paragraphs at this level of
+   * nesting are ordered. For example, if the nesting level is 0, the
+   * glyph_format is `%0.` and the glyph type is DECIMAL, then the rendered
+   * glyph would replace the placeholder `%0` in the glyph format with a number
+   * corresponding to the list item's order within the list.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $glyphType;
+  protected $indentFirstLineType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $indentFirstLineDataType = '';
+  protected $indentStartType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $indentStartDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The number of the first list item at this nesting level. A value of 0 is
+   * treated as a value of 1 for lettered lists and Roman numeral lists. For
+   * values of both 0 and 1, lettered and Roman numeral lists will begin at `a`
+   * and `i` respectively. This value is ignored for nesting levels with
+   * unordered glyphs.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $startNumber;
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The alignment of the bullet within the space allotted for rendering the
+   * bullet.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: BULLET_ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED, START, CENTER, END
+   *
+   * @param self::BULLET_ALIGNMENT_* $bulletAlignment
+   */
+  public function setBulletAlignment($bulletAlignment)
+  {
+    $this->bulletAlignment = $bulletAlignment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::BULLET_ALIGNMENT_*
+   */
+  public function getBulletAlignment()
+  {
+    return $this->bulletAlignment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The format string used by bullets at this level of nesting. The glyph
+   * format contains one or more placeholders, and these placeholders are
+   * replaced with the appropriate values depending on the glyph_type or
+   * glyph_symbol. The placeholders follow the pattern `%[nesting_level]`.
+   * Furthermore, placeholders can have prefixes and suffixes. Thus, the glyph
+   * format follows the pattern `%[nesting_level]`. Note that the prefix and
+   * suffix are optional and can be arbitrary strings. For example, the glyph
+   * format `%0.` indicates that the rendered glyph will replace the placeholder
+   * with the corresponding glyph for nesting level 0 followed by a period as
+   * the suffix. So a list with a glyph type of UPPER_ALPHA and glyph format
+   * `%0.` at nesting level 0 will result in a list with rendered glyphs `A.`
+   * `B.` `C.` The glyph format can contain placeholders for the current nesting
+   * level as well as placeholders for parent nesting levels. For example, a
+   * list can have a glyph format of `%0.` at nesting level 0 and a glyph format
+   * of `%0.%1.` at nesting level 1. Assuming both nesting levels have DECIMAL
+   * glyph types, this would result in a list with rendered glyphs `1.` `2.` `
+   * 2.1.` ` 2.2.` `3.` For nesting levels that are ordered, the string that
+   * replaces a placeholder in the glyph format for a particular paragraph
+   * depends on the paragraph's order within the list.
+   *
+   * @param string $glyphFormat
+   */
+  public function setGlyphFormat($glyphFormat)
+  {
+    $this->glyphFormat = $glyphFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getGlyphFormat()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphFormat;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A custom glyph symbol used by bullets when paragraphs at this level of
+   * nesting is unordered. The glyph symbol replaces placeholders within the
+   * glyph_format. For example, if the glyph_symbol is the solid circle
+   * corresponding to Unicode U+25cf code point and the glyph_format is `%0`,
+   * the rendered glyph would be the solid circle.
+   *
+   * @param string $glyphSymbol
+   */
+  public function setGlyphSymbol($glyphSymbol)
+  {
+    $this->glyphSymbol = $glyphSymbol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getGlyphSymbol()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphSymbol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of glyph used by bullets when paragraphs at this level of nesting
+   * is ordered. The glyph type determines the type of glyph used to replace
+   * placeholders within the glyph_format when paragraphs at this level of
+   * nesting are ordered. For example, if the nesting level is 0, the
+   * glyph_format is `%0.` and the glyph type is DECIMAL, then the rendered
+   * glyph would replace the placeholder `%0` in the glyph format with a number
+   * corresponding to the list item's order within the list.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: GLYPH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, NONE, DECIMAL, ZERO_DECIMAL,
+   * UPPER_ALPHA, ALPHA, UPPER_ROMAN, ROMAN
+   *
+   * @param self::GLYPH_TYPE_* $glyphType
+   */
+  public function setGlyphType($glyphType)
+  {
+    $this->glyphType = $glyphType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::GLYPH_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getGlyphType()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of indentation for the first line of paragraphs at this level of
+   * nesting.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $indentFirstLine
+   */
+  public function setIndentFirstLine(Dimension $indentFirstLine)
+  {
+    $this->indentFirstLine = $indentFirstLine;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getIndentFirstLine()
+  {
+    return $this->indentFirstLine;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of indentation for paragraphs at this level of nesting. Applied
+   * to the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the
+   * paragraph's content direction.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $indentStart
+   */
+  public function setIndentStart(Dimension $indentStart)
+  {
+    $this->indentStart = $indentStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getIndentStart()
+  {
+    return $this->indentStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The number of the first list item at this nesting level. A value of 0 is
+   * treated as a value of 1 for lettered lists and Roman numeral lists. For
+   * values of both 0 and 1, lettered and Roman numeral lists will begin at `a`
+   * and `i` respectively. This value is ignored for nesting levels with
+   * unordered glyphs.
+   *
+   * @param int $startNumber
+   */
+  public function setStartNumber($startNumber)
+  {
+    $this->startNumber = $startNumber;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getStartNumber()
+  {
+    return $this->startNumber;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of bullets at this level of nesting.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NestingLevel::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NestingLevel');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/NestingLevelSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class NestingLevelSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to bullet_alignment.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $bulletAlignmentSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_format.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $glyphFormatSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_symbol.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $glyphSymbolSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_type.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $glyphTypeSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_first_line.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_start.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $indentStartSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to start_number.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $startNumberSuggested;
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateType = TextStyleSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $textStyleSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to bullet_alignment.
+   *
+   * @param bool $bulletAlignmentSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBulletAlignmentSuggested($bulletAlignmentSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->bulletAlignmentSuggested = $bulletAlignmentSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBulletAlignmentSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->bulletAlignmentSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_format.
+   *
+   * @param bool $glyphFormatSuggested
+   */
+  public function setGlyphFormatSuggested($glyphFormatSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->glyphFormatSuggested = $glyphFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getGlyphFormatSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphFormatSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_symbol.
+   *
+   * @param bool $glyphSymbolSuggested
+   */
+  public function setGlyphSymbolSuggested($glyphSymbolSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->glyphSymbolSuggested = $glyphSymbolSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getGlyphSymbolSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphSymbolSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to glyph_type.
+   *
+   * @param bool $glyphTypeSuggested
+   */
+  public function setGlyphTypeSuggested($glyphTypeSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->glyphTypeSuggested = $glyphTypeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getGlyphTypeSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->glyphTypeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_first_line.
+   *
+   * @param bool $indentFirstLineSuggested
+   */
+  public function setIndentFirstLineSuggested($indentFirstLineSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->indentFirstLineSuggested = $indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIndentFirstLineSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_start.
+   *
+   * @param bool $indentStartSuggested
+   */
+  public function setIndentStartSuggested($indentStartSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->indentStartSuggested = $indentStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIndentStartSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->indentStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to start_number.
+   *
+   * @param bool $startNumberSuggested
+   */
+  public function setStartNumberSuggested($startNumberSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->startNumberSuggested = $startNumberSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getStartNumberSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->startNumberSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in text style have been changed
+   * in this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setTextStyleSuggestionState(TextStyleSuggestionState $textStyleSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->textStyleSuggestionState = $textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyleSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getTextStyleSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyleSuggestionState;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NestingLevelSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_NestingLevelSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ObjectReferences.php

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ObjectReferences extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'objectIds';
+  /**
+   * The object IDs.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $objectIds;
+
+  /**
+   * The object IDs.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $objectIds
+   */
+  public function setObjectIds($objectIds)
+  {
+    $this->objectIds = $objectIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getObjectIds()
+  {
+    return $this->objectIds;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ObjectReferences::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ObjectReferences');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/OptionalColor.php

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class OptionalColor extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $colorType = Color::class;
+  protected $colorDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a
+   * transparent color.
+   *
+   * @param Color $color
+   */
+  public function setColor(Color $color)
+  {
+    $this->color = $color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Color
+   */
+  public function getColor()
+  {
+    return $this->color;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(OptionalColor::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_OptionalColor');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/PageBreak.php

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class PageBreak extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A PageBreak may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The suggested deletion IDs. If empty, then there are no suggested deletions
+   * of this content.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested insertion IDs. A PageBreak may have multiple insertion IDs if
+   * it's a nested suggested change. If empty, then this is not a suggested
+   * insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this PageBreak, keyed by suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this PageBreak. Similar to text content, like text runs
+   * and footnote references, the text style of a page break can affect content
+   * layout as well as the styling of text inserted next to it.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(PageBreak::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_PageBreak');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Paragraph.php

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Paragraph extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'positionedObjectIds';
+  protected $bulletType = Bullet::class;
+  protected $bulletDataType = '';
+  protected $elementsType = ParagraphElement::class;
+  protected $elementsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $paragraphStyleType = ParagraphStyle::class;
+  protected $paragraphStyleDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The IDs of the positioned objects tethered to this paragraph.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $positionedObjectIds;
+  protected $suggestedBulletChangesType = SuggestedBullet::class;
+  protected $suggestedBulletChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $suggestedParagraphStyleChangesType = SuggestedParagraphStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedParagraphStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $suggestedPositionedObjectIdsType = ObjectReferences::class;
+  protected $suggestedPositionedObjectIdsDataType = 'map';
+
+  /**
+   * The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not
+   * belong to a list.
+   *
+   * @param Bullet $bullet
+   */
+  public function setBullet(Bullet $bullet)
+  {
+    $this->bullet = $bullet;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Bullet
+   */
+  public function getBullet()
+  {
+    return $this->bullet;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The content of the paragraph, broken down into its component parts.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphElement[] $elements
+   */
+  public function setElements($elements)
+  {
+    $this->elements = $elements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphElement[]
+   */
+  public function getElements()
+  {
+    return $this->elements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The style of this paragraph.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphStyle $paragraphStyle
+   */
+  public function setParagraphStyle(ParagraphStyle $paragraphStyle)
+  {
+    $this->paragraphStyle = $paragraphStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphStyle
+   */
+  public function getParagraphStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->paragraphStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The IDs of the positioned objects tethered to this paragraph.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $positionedObjectIds
+   */
+  public function setPositionedObjectIds($positionedObjectIds)
+  {
+    $this->positionedObjectIds = $positionedObjectIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getPositionedObjectIds()
+  {
+    return $this->positionedObjectIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested changes to this paragraph's bullet.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedBullet[] $suggestedBulletChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedBulletChanges($suggestedBulletChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedBulletChanges = $suggestedBulletChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedBullet[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedBulletChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedBulletChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested paragraph style changes to this paragraph, keyed by
+   * suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedParagraphStyle[] $suggestedParagraphStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedParagraphStyleChanges($suggestedParagraphStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedParagraphStyleChanges = $suggestedParagraphStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedParagraphStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedParagraphStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedParagraphStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The IDs of the positioned objects suggested to be attached to this
+   * paragraph, keyed by suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param ObjectReferences[] $suggestedPositionedObjectIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedPositionedObjectIds($suggestedPositionedObjectIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedPositionedObjectIds = $suggestedPositionedObjectIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ObjectReferences[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedPositionedObjectIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedPositionedObjectIds;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Paragraph::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Paragraph');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ParagraphBorder.php

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ParagraphBorder extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Unspecified dash style.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED = 'DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Solid line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'solid'.
+   * This is the default dash style.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_SOLID = 'SOLID';
+  /**
+   * Dotted line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'dot'.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DOT = 'DOT';
+  /**
+   * Dashed line. Corresponds to ECMA-376 ST_PresetLineDashVal value 'dash'.
+   */
+  public const DASH_STYLE_DASH = 'DASH';
+  protected $colorType = OptionalColor::class;
+  protected $colorDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The dash style of the border.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $dashStyle;
+  protected $paddingType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $paddingDataType = '';
+  protected $widthType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $widthDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The color of the border.
+   *
+   * @param OptionalColor $color
+   */
+  public function setColor(OptionalColor $color)
+  {
+    $this->color = $color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return OptionalColor
+   */
+  public function getColor()
+  {
+    return $this->color;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The dash style of the border.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: DASH_STYLE_UNSPECIFIED, SOLID, DOT, DASH
+   *
+   * @param self::DASH_STYLE_* $dashStyle
+   */
+  public function setDashStyle($dashStyle)
+  {
+    $this->dashStyle = $dashStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::DASH_STYLE_*
+   */
+  public function getDashStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->dashStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The padding of the border.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $padding
+   */
+  public function setPadding(Dimension $padding)
+  {
+    $this->padding = $padding;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getPadding()
+  {
+    return $this->padding;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The width of the border.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $width
+   */
+  public function setWidth(Dimension $width)
+  {
+    $this->width = $width;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getWidth()
+  {
+    return $this->width;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ParagraphBorder::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ParagraphBorder');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ParagraphElement.php

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ParagraphElement extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $autoTextType = AutoText::class;
+  protected $autoTextDataType = '';
+  protected $columnBreakType = ColumnBreak::class;
+  protected $columnBreakDataType = '';
+  protected $dateElementType = DateElement::class;
+  protected $dateElementDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The zero-base end index of this paragraph element, exclusive, in UTF-16
+   * code units.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $endIndex;
+  protected $equationType = Equation::class;
+  protected $equationDataType = '';
+  protected $footnoteReferenceType = FootnoteReference::class;
+  protected $footnoteReferenceDataType = '';
+  protected $horizontalRuleType = HorizontalRule::class;
+  protected $horizontalRuleDataType = '';
+  protected $inlineObjectElementType = InlineObjectElement::class;
+  protected $inlineObjectElementDataType = '';
+  protected $pageBreakType = PageBreak::class;
+  protected $pageBreakDataType = '';
+  protected $personType = Person::class;
+  protected $personDataType = '';
+  protected $richLinkType = RichLink::class;
+  protected $richLinkDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The zero-based start index of this paragraph element, in UTF-16 code units.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $startIndex;
+  protected $textRunType = TextRun::class;
+  protected $textRunDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * An auto text paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param AutoText $autoText
+   */
+  public function setAutoText(AutoText $autoText)
+  {
+    $this->autoText = $autoText;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return AutoText
+   */
+  public function getAutoText()
+  {
+    return $this->autoText;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A column break paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param ColumnBreak $columnBreak
+   */
+  public function setColumnBreak(ColumnBreak $columnBreak)
+  {
+    $this->columnBreak = $columnBreak;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ColumnBreak
+   */
+  public function getColumnBreak()
+  {
+    return $this->columnBreak;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A paragraph element that represents a date.
+   *
+   * @param DateElement $dateElement
+   */
+  public function setDateElement(DateElement $dateElement)
+  {
+    $this->dateElement = $dateElement;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DateElement
+   */
+  public function getDateElement()
+  {
+    return $this->dateElement;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The zero-base end index of this paragraph element, exclusive, in UTF-16
+   * code units.
+   *
+   * @param int $endIndex
+   */
+  public function setEndIndex($endIndex)
+  {
+    $this->endIndex = $endIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getEndIndex()
+  {
+    return $this->endIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * An equation paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param Equation $equation
+   */
+  public function setEquation(Equation $equation)
+  {
+    $this->equation = $equation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Equation
+   */
+  public function getEquation()
+  {
+    return $this->equation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A footnote reference paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param FootnoteReference $footnoteReference
+   */
+  public function setFootnoteReference(FootnoteReference $footnoteReference)
+  {
+    $this->footnoteReference = $footnoteReference;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return FootnoteReference
+   */
+  public function getFootnoteReference()
+  {
+    return $this->footnoteReference;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A horizontal rule paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param HorizontalRule $horizontalRule
+   */
+  public function setHorizontalRule(HorizontalRule $horizontalRule)
+  {
+    $this->horizontalRule = $horizontalRule;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return HorizontalRule
+   */
+  public function getHorizontalRule()
+  {
+    return $this->horizontalRule;
+  }
+  /**
+   * An inline object paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param InlineObjectElement $inlineObjectElement
+   */
+  public function setInlineObjectElement(InlineObjectElement $inlineObjectElement)
+  {
+    $this->inlineObjectElement = $inlineObjectElement;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return InlineObjectElement
+   */
+  public function getInlineObjectElement()
+  {
+    return $this->inlineObjectElement;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A page break paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param PageBreak $pageBreak
+   */
+  public function setPageBreak(PageBreak $pageBreak)
+  {
+    $this->pageBreak = $pageBreak;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PageBreak
+   */
+  public function getPageBreak()
+  {
+    return $this->pageBreak;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A paragraph element that links to a person or email address.
+   *
+   * @param Person $person
+   */
+  public function setPerson(Person $person)
+  {
+    $this->person = $person;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Person
+   */
+  public function getPerson()
+  {
+    return $this->person;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A paragraph element that links to a Google resource (such as a file in
+   * Google Drive, a YouTube video, or a Calendar event.)
+   *
+   * @param RichLink $richLink
+   */
+  public function setRichLink(RichLink $richLink)
+  {
+    $this->richLink = $richLink;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return RichLink
+   */
+  public function getRichLink()
+  {
+    return $this->richLink;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The zero-based start index of this paragraph element, in UTF-16 code units.
+   *
+   * @param int $startIndex
+   */
+  public function setStartIndex($startIndex)
+  {
+    $this->startIndex = $startIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getStartIndex()
+  {
+    return $this->startIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A text run paragraph element.
+   *
+   * @param TextRun $textRun
+   */
+  public function setTextRun(TextRun $textRun)
+  {
+    $this->textRun = $textRun;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextRun
+   */
+  public function getTextRun()
+  {
+    return $this->textRun;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ParagraphElement::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ParagraphElement');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ParagraphStyle.php

@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ParagraphStyle extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * The paragraph alignment is inherited from the parent.
+   */
+  public const ALIGNMENT_ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED = 'ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The paragraph is aligned to the start of the line. Left-aligned for LTR
+   * text, right-aligned otherwise.
+   */
+  public const ALIGNMENT_START = 'START';
+  /**
+   * The paragraph is centered.
+   */
+  public const ALIGNMENT_CENTER = 'CENTER';
+  /**
+   * The paragraph is aligned to the end of the line. Right-aligned for LTR
+   * text, left-aligned otherwise.
+   */
+  public const ALIGNMENT_END = 'END';
+  /**
+   * The paragraph is justified.
+   */
+  public const ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED = 'JUSTIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The content direction is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const DIRECTION_CONTENT_DIRECTION_UNSPECIFIED = 'CONTENT_DIRECTION_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The content goes from left to right.
+   */
+  public const DIRECTION_LEFT_TO_RIGHT = 'LEFT_TO_RIGHT';
+  /**
+   * The content goes from right to left.
+   */
+  public const DIRECTION_RIGHT_TO_LEFT = 'RIGHT_TO_LEFT';
+  /**
+   * The type of named style is unspecified.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Normal text.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_NORMAL_TEXT = 'NORMAL_TEXT';
+  /**
+   * Title.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_TITLE = 'TITLE';
+  /**
+   * Subtitle.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_SUBTITLE = 'SUBTITLE';
+  /**
+   * Heading 1.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_1 = 'HEADING_1';
+  /**
+   * Heading 2.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_2 = 'HEADING_2';
+  /**
+   * Heading 3.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_3 = 'HEADING_3';
+  /**
+   * Heading 4.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_4 = 'HEADING_4';
+  /**
+   * Heading 5.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_5 = 'HEADING_5';
+  /**
+   * Heading 6.
+   */
+  public const NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_HEADING_6 = 'HEADING_6';
+  /**
+   * The spacing mode is inherited from the parent.
+   */
+  public const SPACING_MODE_SPACING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED = 'SPACING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Paragraph spacing is always rendered.
+   */
+  public const SPACING_MODE_NEVER_COLLAPSE = 'NEVER_COLLAPSE';
+  /**
+   * Paragraph spacing is skipped between list elements.
+   */
+  public const SPACING_MODE_COLLAPSE_LISTS = 'COLLAPSE_LISTS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'tabStops';
+  /**
+   * The text alignment for this paragraph.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $alignment;
+  /**
+   * Whether to avoid widows and orphans for the paragraph. If unset, the value
+   * is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $avoidWidowAndOrphan;
+  protected $borderBetweenType = ParagraphBorder::class;
+  protected $borderBetweenDataType = '';
+  protected $borderBottomType = ParagraphBorder::class;
+  protected $borderBottomDataType = '';
+  protected $borderLeftType = ParagraphBorder::class;
+  protected $borderLeftDataType = '';
+  protected $borderRightType = ParagraphBorder::class;
+  protected $borderRightDataType = '';
+  protected $borderTopType = ParagraphBorder::class;
+  protected $borderTopDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to
+   * LEFT_TO_RIGHT since paragraph direction is not inherited.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $direction;
+  /**
+   * The heading ID of the paragraph. If empty, then this paragraph is not a
+   * heading. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $headingId;
+  protected $indentEndType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $indentEndDataType = '';
+  protected $indentFirstLineType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $indentFirstLineDataType = '';
+  protected $indentStartType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $indentStartDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Whether all lines of the paragraph should be laid out on the same page or
+   * column if possible. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $keepLinesTogether;
+  /**
+   * Whether at least a part of this paragraph should be laid out on the same
+   * page or column as the next paragraph if possible. If unset, the value is
+   * inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $keepWithNext;
+  /**
+   * The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal
+   * is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $lineSpacing;
+  /**
+   * The named style type of the paragraph. Since updating the named style type
+   * affects other properties within ParagraphStyle, the named style type is
+   * applied before the other properties are updated.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $namedStyleType;
+  /**
+   * Whether the current paragraph should always start at the beginning of a
+   * page. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. Attempting to
+   * update page_break_before for paragraphs in unsupported regions, including
+   * Table, Header, Footer and Footnote, can result in an invalid document state
+   * that returns a 400 bad request error.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $pageBreakBefore;
+  protected $shadingType = Shading::class;
+  protected $shadingDataType = '';
+  protected $spaceAboveType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $spaceAboveDataType = '';
+  protected $spaceBelowType = Dimension::class;
+  protected $spaceBelowDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The spacing mode for the paragraph.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $spacingMode;
+  protected $tabStopsType = TabStop::class;
+  protected $tabStopsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The text alignment for this paragraph.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: ALIGNMENT_UNSPECIFIED, START, CENTER, END, JUSTIFIED
+   *
+   * @param self::ALIGNMENT_* $alignment
+   */
+  public function setAlignment($alignment)
+  {
+    $this->alignment = $alignment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::ALIGNMENT_*
+   */
+  public function getAlignment()
+  {
+    return $this->alignment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether to avoid widows and orphans for the paragraph. If unset, the value
+   * is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param bool $avoidWidowAndOrphan
+   */
+  public function setAvoidWidowAndOrphan($avoidWidowAndOrphan)
+  {
+    $this->avoidWidowAndOrphan = $avoidWidowAndOrphan;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAvoidWidowAndOrphan()
+  {
+    return $this->avoidWidowAndOrphan;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border between this paragraph and the next and previous paragraphs. If
+   * unset, the value is inherited from the parent. The between border is
+   * rendered when the adjacent paragraph has the same border and indent
+   * properties. Paragraph borders cannot be partially updated. When changing a
+   * paragraph border, the new border must be specified in its entirety.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphBorder $borderBetween
+   */
+  public function setBorderBetween(ParagraphBorder $borderBetween)
+  {
+    $this->borderBetween = $borderBetween;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphBorder
+   */
+  public function getBorderBetween()
+  {
+    return $this->borderBetween;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border at the bottom of this paragraph. If unset, the value is
+   * inherited from the parent. The bottom border is rendered when the paragraph
+   * below has different border and indent properties. Paragraph borders cannot
+   * be partially updated. When changing a paragraph border, the new border must
+   * be specified in its entirety.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphBorder $borderBottom
+   */
+  public function setBorderBottom(ParagraphBorder $borderBottom)
+  {
+    $this->borderBottom = $borderBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphBorder
+   */
+  public function getBorderBottom()
+  {
+    return $this->borderBottom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border to the left of this paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited
+   * from the parent. Paragraph borders cannot be partially updated. When
+   * changing a paragraph border, the new border must be specified in its
+   * entirety.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphBorder $borderLeft
+   */
+  public function setBorderLeft(ParagraphBorder $borderLeft)
+  {
+    $this->borderLeft = $borderLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphBorder
+   */
+  public function getBorderLeft()
+  {
+    return $this->borderLeft;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border to the right of this paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited
+   * from the parent. Paragraph borders cannot be partially updated. When
+   * changing a paragraph border, the new border must be specified in its
+   * entirety.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphBorder $borderRight
+   */
+  public function setBorderRight(ParagraphBorder $borderRight)
+  {
+    $this->borderRight = $borderRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphBorder
+   */
+  public function getBorderRight()
+  {
+    return $this->borderRight;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The border at the top of this paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited
+   * from the parent. The top border is rendered when the paragraph above has
+   * different border and indent properties. Paragraph borders cannot be
+   * partially updated. When changing a paragraph border, the new border must be
+   * specified in its entirety.
+   *
+   * @param ParagraphBorder $borderTop
+   */
+  public function setBorderTop(ParagraphBorder $borderTop)
+  {
+    $this->borderTop = $borderTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ParagraphBorder
+   */
+  public function getBorderTop()
+  {
+    return $this->borderTop;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to
+   * LEFT_TO_RIGHT since paragraph direction is not inherited.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: CONTENT_DIRECTION_UNSPECIFIED, LEFT_TO_RIGHT,
+   * RIGHT_TO_LEFT
+   *
+   * @param self::DIRECTION_* $direction
+   */
+  public function setDirection($direction)
+  {
+    $this->direction = $direction;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::DIRECTION_*
+   */
+  public function getDirection()
+  {
+    return $this->direction;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The heading ID of the paragraph. If empty, then this paragraph is not a
+   * heading. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param string $headingId
+   */
+  public function setHeadingId($headingId)
+  {
+    $this->headingId = $headingId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeadingId()
+  {
+    return $this->headingId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to
+   * the end of the text, based on the current paragraph direction. If unset,
+   * the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $indentEnd
+   */
+  public function setIndentEnd(Dimension $indentEnd)
+  {
+    $this->indentEnd = $indentEnd;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getIndentEnd()
+  {
+    return $this->indentEnd;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of indentation for the first line of the paragraph. If unset,
+   * the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $indentFirstLine
+   */
+  public function setIndentFirstLine(Dimension $indentFirstLine)
+  {
+    $this->indentFirstLine = $indentFirstLine;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getIndentFirstLine()
+  {
+    return $this->indentFirstLine;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to
+   * the start of the text, based on the current paragraph direction. If unset,
+   * the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $indentStart
+   */
+  public function setIndentStart(Dimension $indentStart)
+  {
+    $this->indentStart = $indentStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getIndentStart()
+  {
+    return $this->indentStart;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether all lines of the paragraph should be laid out on the same page or
+   * column if possible. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param bool $keepLinesTogether
+   */
+  public function setKeepLinesTogether($keepLinesTogether)
+  {
+    $this->keepLinesTogether = $keepLinesTogether;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getKeepLinesTogether()
+  {
+    return $this->keepLinesTogether;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether at least a part of this paragraph should be laid out on the same
+   * page or column as the next paragraph if possible. If unset, the value is
+   * inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param bool $keepWithNext
+   */
+  public function setKeepWithNext($keepWithNext)
+  {
+    $this->keepWithNext = $keepWithNext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getKeepWithNext()
+  {
+    return $this->keepWithNext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal
+   * is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param float $lineSpacing
+   */
+  public function setLineSpacing($lineSpacing)
+  {
+    $this->lineSpacing = $lineSpacing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getLineSpacing()
+  {
+    return $this->lineSpacing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The named style type of the paragraph. Since updating the named style type
+   * affects other properties within ParagraphStyle, the named style type is
+   * applied before the other properties are updated.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, NORMAL_TEXT, TITLE,
+   * SUBTITLE, HEADING_1, HEADING_2, HEADING_3, HEADING_4, HEADING_5, HEADING_6
+   *
+   * @param self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_* $namedStyleType
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyleType($namedStyleType)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyleType = $namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::NAMED_STYLE_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyleType()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyleType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether the current paragraph should always start at the beginning of a
+   * page. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. Attempting to
+   * update page_break_before for paragraphs in unsupported regions, including
+   * Table, Header, Footer and Footnote, can result in an invalid document state
+   * that returns a 400 bad request error.
+   *
+   * @param bool $pageBreakBefore
+   */
+  public function setPageBreakBefore($pageBreakBefore)
+  {
+    $this->pageBreakBefore = $pageBreakBefore;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getPageBreakBefore()
+  {
+    return $this->pageBreakBefore;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The shading of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the
+   * parent.
+   *
+   * @param Shading $shading
+   */
+  public function setShading(Shading $shading)
+  {
+    $this->shading = $shading;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Shading
+   */
+  public function getShading()
+  {
+    return $this->shading;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is
+   * inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $spaceAbove
+   */
+  public function setSpaceAbove(Dimension $spaceAbove)
+  {
+    $this->spaceAbove = $spaceAbove;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getSpaceAbove()
+  {
+    return $this->spaceAbove;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is
+   * inherited from the parent.
+   *
+   * @param Dimension $spaceBelow
+   */
+  public function setSpaceBelow(Dimension $spaceBelow)
+  {
+    $this->spaceBelow = $spaceBelow;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Dimension
+   */
+  public function getSpaceBelow()
+  {
+    return $this->spaceBelow;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The spacing mode for the paragraph.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SPACING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, NEVER_COLLAPSE, COLLAPSE_LISTS
+   *
+   * @param self::SPACING_MODE_* $spacingMode
+   */
+  public function setSpacingMode($spacingMode)
+  {
+    $this->spacingMode = $spacingMode;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SPACING_MODE_*
+   */
+  public function getSpacingMode()
+  {
+    return $this->spacingMode;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of the tab stops for this paragraph. The list of tab stops is not
+   * inherited. This property is read-only.
+   *
+   * @param TabStop[] $tabStops
+   */
+  public function setTabStops($tabStops)
+  {
+    $this->tabStops = $tabStops;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TabStop[]
+   */
+  public function getTabStops()
+  {
+    return $this->tabStops;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ParagraphStyle::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ParagraphStyle');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/ParagraphStyleSuggestionState.php

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class ParagraphStyleSuggestionState extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to alignment.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $alignmentSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to avoid_widow_and_orphan.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_between.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $borderBetweenSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_bottom.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $borderBottomSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_left.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $borderLeftSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_right.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $borderRightSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_top.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $borderTopSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to direction.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $directionSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to heading_id.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $headingIdSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_end.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $indentEndSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_first_line.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_start.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $indentStartSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to keep_lines_together.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $keepLinesTogetherSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to keep_with_next.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $keepWithNextSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to line_spacing.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $lineSpacingSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to named_style_type.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $namedStyleTypeSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to page_break_before.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $pageBreakBeforeSuggested;
+  protected $shadingSuggestionStateType = ShadingSuggestionState::class;
+  protected $shadingSuggestionStateDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to space_above.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $spaceAboveSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to space_below.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $spaceBelowSuggested;
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to spacing_mode.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $spacingModeSuggested;
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to alignment.
+   *
+   * @param bool $alignmentSuggested
+   */
+  public function setAlignmentSuggested($alignmentSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->alignmentSuggested = $alignmentSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAlignmentSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->alignmentSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to avoid_widow_and_orphan.
+   *
+   * @param bool $avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested
+   */
+  public function setAvoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested($avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested = $avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAvoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->avoidWidowAndOrphanSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_between.
+   *
+   * @param bool $borderBetweenSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBorderBetweenSuggested($borderBetweenSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->borderBetweenSuggested = $borderBetweenSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBorderBetweenSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->borderBetweenSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_bottom.
+   *
+   * @param bool $borderBottomSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBorderBottomSuggested($borderBottomSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->borderBottomSuggested = $borderBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBorderBottomSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->borderBottomSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_left.
+   *
+   * @param bool $borderLeftSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBorderLeftSuggested($borderLeftSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->borderLeftSuggested = $borderLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBorderLeftSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->borderLeftSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_right.
+   *
+   * @param bool $borderRightSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBorderRightSuggested($borderRightSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->borderRightSuggested = $borderRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBorderRightSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->borderRightSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to border_top.
+   *
+   * @param bool $borderTopSuggested
+   */
+  public function setBorderTopSuggested($borderTopSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->borderTopSuggested = $borderTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getBorderTopSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->borderTopSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to direction.
+   *
+   * @param bool $directionSuggested
+   */
+  public function setDirectionSuggested($directionSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->directionSuggested = $directionSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDirectionSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->directionSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to heading_id.
+   *
+   * @param bool $headingIdSuggested
+   */
+  public function setHeadingIdSuggested($headingIdSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->headingIdSuggested = $headingIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getHeadingIdSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->headingIdSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_end.
+   *
+   * @param bool $indentEndSuggested
+   */
+  public function setIndentEndSuggested($indentEndSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->indentEndSuggested = $indentEndSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIndentEndSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->indentEndSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_first_line.
+   *
+   * @param bool $indentFirstLineSuggested
+   */
+  public function setIndentFirstLineSuggested($indentFirstLineSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->indentFirstLineSuggested = $indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIndentFirstLineSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->indentFirstLineSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to indent_start.
+   *
+   * @param bool $indentStartSuggested
+   */
+  public function setIndentStartSuggested($indentStartSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->indentStartSuggested = $indentStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIndentStartSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->indentStartSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to keep_lines_together.
+   *
+   * @param bool $keepLinesTogetherSuggested
+   */
+  public function setKeepLinesTogetherSuggested($keepLinesTogetherSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->keepLinesTogetherSuggested = $keepLinesTogetherSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getKeepLinesTogetherSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->keepLinesTogetherSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to keep_with_next.
+   *
+   * @param bool $keepWithNextSuggested
+   */
+  public function setKeepWithNextSuggested($keepWithNextSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->keepWithNextSuggested = $keepWithNextSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getKeepWithNextSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->keepWithNextSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to line_spacing.
+   *
+   * @param bool $lineSpacingSuggested
+   */
+  public function setLineSpacingSuggested($lineSpacingSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->lineSpacingSuggested = $lineSpacingSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getLineSpacingSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->lineSpacingSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to named_style_type.
+   *
+   * @param bool $namedStyleTypeSuggested
+   */
+  public function setNamedStyleTypeSuggested($namedStyleTypeSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->namedStyleTypeSuggested = $namedStyleTypeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getNamedStyleTypeSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->namedStyleTypeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to page_break_before.
+   *
+   * @param bool $pageBreakBeforeSuggested
+   */
+  public function setPageBreakBeforeSuggested($pageBreakBeforeSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->pageBreakBeforeSuggested = $pageBreakBeforeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getPageBreakBeforeSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->pageBreakBeforeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A mask that indicates which of the fields in shading have been changed in
+   * this suggestion.
+   *
+   * @param ShadingSuggestionState $shadingSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function setShadingSuggestionState(ShadingSuggestionState $shadingSuggestionState)
+  {
+    $this->shadingSuggestionState = $shadingSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ShadingSuggestionState
+   */
+  public function getShadingSuggestionState()
+  {
+    return $this->shadingSuggestionState;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to space_above.
+   *
+   * @param bool $spaceAboveSuggested
+   */
+  public function setSpaceAboveSuggested($spaceAboveSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->spaceAboveSuggested = $spaceAboveSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getSpaceAboveSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->spaceAboveSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to space_below.
+   *
+   * @param bool $spaceBelowSuggested
+   */
+  public function setSpaceBelowSuggested($spaceBelowSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->spaceBelowSuggested = $spaceBelowSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getSpaceBelowSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->spaceBelowSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Indicates if there was a suggested change to spacing_mode.
+   *
+   * @param bool $spacingModeSuggested
+   */
+  public function setSpacingModeSuggested($spacingModeSuggested)
+  {
+    $this->spacingModeSuggested = $spacingModeSuggested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getSpacingModeSuggested()
+  {
+    return $this->spacingModeSuggested;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ParagraphStyleSuggestionState::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_ParagraphStyleSuggestionState');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/Person.php

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class Person extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'suggestedInsertionIds';
+  /**
+   * Output only. The unique ID of this link.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $personId;
+  protected $personPropertiesType = PersonProperties::class;
+  protected $personPropertiesDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that remove this person link from the document. A
+   * Person might have multiple deletion IDs if, for example, multiple users
+   * suggest deleting it. If empty, then this person link isn't suggested for
+   * deletion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that insert this person link into the document. A
+   * Person might have multiple insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change
+   * (a suggestion within a suggestion made by a different user, for example).
+   * If empty, then this person link isn't a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesType = SuggestedTextStyle::class;
+  protected $suggestedTextStyleChangesDataType = 'map';
+  protected $textStyleType = TextStyle::class;
+  protected $textStyleDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Output only. The unique ID of this link.
+   *
+   * @param string $personId
+   */
+  public function setPersonId($personId)
+  {
+    $this->personId = $personId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getPersonId()
+  {
+    return $this->personId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The properties of this Person. This field is always present.
+   *
+   * @param PersonProperties $personProperties
+   */
+  public function setPersonProperties(PersonProperties $personProperties)
+  {
+    $this->personProperties = $personProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PersonProperties
+   */
+  public function getPersonProperties()
+  {
+    return $this->personProperties;
+  }
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that remove this person link from the document. A
+   * Person might have multiple deletion IDs if, for example, multiple users
+   * suggest deleting it. If empty, then this person link isn't suggested for
+   * deletion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedDeletionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedDeletionIds($suggestedDeletionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedDeletionIds = $suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedDeletionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedDeletionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * IDs for suggestions that insert this person link into the document. A
+   * Person might have multiple insertion IDs if it's a nested suggested change
+   * (a suggestion within a suggestion made by a different user, for example).
+   * If empty, then this person link isn't a suggested insertion.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $suggestedInsertionIds
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedInsertionIds($suggestedInsertionIds)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedInsertionIds = $suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedInsertionIds()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedInsertionIds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The suggested text style changes to this Person, keyed by suggestion ID.
+   *
+   * @param SuggestedTextStyle[] $suggestedTextStyleChanges
+   */
+  public function setSuggestedTextStyleChanges($suggestedTextStyleChanges)
+  {
+    $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges = $suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SuggestedTextStyle[]
+   */
+  public function getSuggestedTextStyleChanges()
+  {
+    return $this->suggestedTextStyleChanges;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The text style of this Person.
+   *
+   * @param TextStyle $textStyle
+   */
+  public function setTextStyle(TextStyle $textStyle)
+  {
+    $this->textStyle = $textStyle;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TextStyle
+   */
+  public function getTextStyle()
+  {
+    return $this->textStyle;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Person::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_Person');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/Docs/PersonProperties.php

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\Docs;
+
+class PersonProperties extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The email address linked to this Person. This field is always present.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $email;
+  /**
+   * The name of the person if it's displayed in the link text instead of the
+   * person's email address.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+
+  /**
+   * The email address linked to this Person. This field is always present.
+   *
+   * @param string $email
+   */
+  public function setEmail($email)
+  {
+    $this->email = $email;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEmail()
+  {
+    return $this->email;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The name of the person if it's displayed in the link text instead of the
+   * person's email address.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(PersonProperties::class, 'Google_Service_Docs_PersonProperties');